initial commit of ebook 38124HEADmain

1 files changed, 10539 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/38124-8.txt b/38124-8.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cf34195
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38124-8.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,10539 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Spanish Composition, by Edith J. Broomhall
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Spanish Composition
+
+Author: Edith J. Broomhall
+
+Release Date: November 28, 2011 [EBook #38124]
+
+Language: Spanish
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK SPANISH COMPOSITION ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Chuck Greif and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This book was
+produced from scanned images of public domain material
+from the Google Print project.)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Accents in Spanish have changed since this work was written.
+The original orthography has been preserved in making this etext.
+(note of the etext transcriber)
+
+
+
+
+SPANISH COMPOSITION
+
+BY
+
+EDITH J. BROOMHALL
+CENTRAL HIGH SCHOOL, MINNEAPOLIS
+MINNESOTA
+
+ALLYN AND BACON
+BOSTON NEW YORK CHICAGO
+ATLANTA SAN FRANCISCO
+
+COPYRIGHT, 1921,
+BY EDITH J. BROOMHALL.
+
+Norwood Press
+J. S. Cushing Co.--Berwick & Smith Co.
+Norwood, Mass., U.S.A.
+
+
+
+
+PREFACE
+
+
+This book aims to teach Spanish idiom. The greatest hindrance to the use
+of idiomatic Spanish lies in the failure to realize that common English
+words have various Spanish meanings.
+
+To meet this difficulty, the notes and exercises of _Spanish
+Composition_ are focused on the errors beginners most frequently make.
+For instance, attention is drawn to the fact that words like _up_,
+_down_, _out_, _in_, _away_ are usually included in the Spanish verb,
+which is often entirely different from the English expression. Thus,
+while "to get" is _obtener_, "to get up" is _levantarse_.
+
+Of course the treatment cannot be exhaustive, but enough examples are
+given to show the pupil the necessity of _thinking_ before translating
+even the commonest words and phrases. The aim has been to give a simple
+and specific discussion of everyday expressions rather than to try to
+cover the entire field of Spanish idiom.
+
+About two hundred and fifty quotations from famous Spanish authors
+illustrate the various idioms and acquaint the learner with the great
+names of Spanish literature.
+
+I wish to express my hearty thanks to Dr. Harry Kurz of Carleton
+College, and to my colleagues in the Minneapolis High Schools, Señor
+Fernando García and Señor Julius Arrieta, who have read the work either
+in manuscript or in proof.
+
+EDITH J. BROOMHALL.
+
+CENTRAL HIGH SCHOOL,
+MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA.
+January, 1921.
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS
+
+
+                                                                    PAGE
+
+LESSON I. English _to be_                                              1
+
+LESSON II. The verb _to ask_                                           4
+  English _for_                                                        5
+
+LESSON III. The verb _to have_                                         7
+  English _to be to_                                                   8
+
+LESSON IV. English _since_                                            10
+  The verb _to go_                                                    10
+
+LESSON V. English _long_                                              13
+  The word _before_                                                   14
+  The verb _to know_                                                  14
+
+LESSON VI. English _to get_                                           16
+
+LESSON VII. Review exercises                                          19
+
+LESSON VIII. The verb _to look_ or _look at_                          20
+  English _little_                                                    20
+  English _there_                                                     21
+
+LESSON IX. The verb _to grow_                                         23
+  The word _just_                                                     23
+
+LESSON X. English _after_                                             26
+  The verb _to help_                                                  27
+
+LESSON XI. English _here_                                             29
+  English _well_                                                      29
+  The verb _to hold_                                                  30
+
+LESSON XII. The adverb _so_                                           32
+  English _to keep_                                                   33
+
+LESSON XIII. Review exercises                                         35
+
+LESSON XIV. English _to leave_                                        37
+  _To let_                                                            38
+
+LESSON XV. English _now_                                              40
+  English _about_                                                     41
+  _To be about to_                                                    41
+  The verb _to feel_                                                  41
+
+LESSON XVI. English _will_                                            43
+  The word _all_                                                      43
+
+LESSON XVII. The word _way_                                           46
+  The adjective _hard_                                                47
+  The verb _to give_                                                  47
+
+LESSON XVIII. The verb _to think_                                     49
+  The verb _to make_                                                  49
+
+LESSON XIX. The verb _to miss_                                        52
+  Emphasis in Spanish                                                 52
+
+LESSON XX. Review exercises                                           55
+
+LESSON XXI. English _time_                                            57
+  The verb _to like_                                                  58
+
+LESSON XXII. _Very_ as an adverb                                      60
+  The verb _to play_                                                  61
+  The verb _to need_                                                  61
+
+LESSON XXIII. The verb _to please_                                    63
+  The verb _to mean_                                                  64
+  _Without_                                                           64
+
+LESSON XXIV. The word _only_                                          66
+  _Alone, single_                                                     67
+  The verb _to hear_                                                  67
+
+LESSON XXV. English _right_                                           69
+  English _must_                                                      70
+
+LESSON XXVI. The verb _to appear_                                     72
+  The verb _to succeed_                                               72
+  The word _even_                                                     73
+  _Toward_                                                            73
+
+LESSON XXVII. Review exercises                                        75
+
+LESSON XXVIII. The verb _to sit_                                      77
+  _To stand_                                                          77
+  English _corner_                                                    78
+
+LESSON XXIX. English _self_                                           80
+  _Last_                                                              80
+  The verb _to tell_                                                  81
+
+LESSON XXX. _To save_                                                 83
+  _To see_                                                            83
+  _Half_                                                              84
+
+LESSON XXXI. The word _as_                                            86
+
+LESSON XXXII. The verb _to want_                                      89
+  _Either, or_                                                        89
+  _Neither_                                                           90
+  _Because_                                                           90
+
+LESSON XXXIII. The verb _to wonder_                                   92
+  _The one_                                                           93
+
+LESSON XXXIV. Review exercises                                        95
+
+LESSON XXXV. The verb _to take_                                       97
+
+LESSON XXXVI. The word _ever_                                        100
+  The verb _to pass_                                                 100
+  The verb _to pay_ or _pay for_                                     101
+
+LESSON XXXVII. The verb _to turn_                                    103
+
+LESSON XXXVIII. English _can_ and _could_                            106
+  _To ring_                                                          107
+  English _but_                                                      107
+
+LESSON XXXIX. The verb _to put_                                      109
+
+LESSON XL. _To strike_                                               112
+  Spanish vez meaning _time_                                         112
+  The verb _to start_                                                113
+
+LESSON XLI. The verb _to do_                                         115
+  Adverbial expressions                                              115
+
+LESSON XLII. Review exercises                                        118
+
+APPENDIX                                                             121
+
+SPANISH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY                                             1
+
+ENGLISH-SPANISH VOCABULARY                                            19
+
+
+
+
+AUTHORS QUOTED
+
+
+CERVANTES             _Don Quijote_
+
+ECHEGARAY             _El Poder de la Impotencia_, _Siemore en Ridículo_,
+                      _El Hijo de Don Juan_
+
+GIL Y ZÁRATE          _Guzmán el Bueno_
+
+CAMPOAMOR             _Poems_
+
+CASTELAR              _Recuerdos y Esperanzas_
+
+ALARCÓN               _El Capitán Veneno_, Short Stories
+
+PÉREZ GALDÓS          _Electra_, _Celia en los Infiernos_
+
+PARDO BAZÁN           _La Piedra Angular_, Short Stories
+
+VALERA                _Pepita Jiménez_
+
+BENAVENTE             _La Princesa Bebé_, _La Malquerida_, _El Collar
+                       de Estrellas_
+
+PALACIO VALDÉS        _José_, _La Hermana San Sulpicio_
+
+EDUARDO MARQUINA      _El Rey Trovador_
+
+MARTÍNEZ SIERRA       _Teatro de Ensueño_
+
+LOS QUINTERO          _Malvaloca_, _Doña Clarines_, _Manana de Sol_,
+                      _Los Galeotes_
+
+ESCRICH               _Fortuna_
+
+DE LARRA              _Partir a Tiempo_
+
+BLASCO IBAÑEZ         _Los Cuatro Jinetes del Apocalipse_
+
+JOSÉ MÁRMOL           _Amalia_
+
+RAMOS CARRIÓN         _Zaragüeta_, _La Muela del Juicio_
+
+
+
+
+SPANISH COMPOSITION
+
+
+
+
+LESSON I
+
+_El trabajo es buen compañero de la esperanza._[1]
+
+--MARTÍNEZ SIERRA.
+
+
+=1.= English _to be_ is generally translated into Spanish by =ser= or
+=estar=, the former with the general idea of permanency, the latter
+indicating temporary state. Location is _always_ expressed by =estar=.
+
+_I, who was white, am also brown, because the sun has kissed me._
+
+=Yo, que era blanca, estoy también morena, porque el sol me ha
+besado.=--MARTÍNEZ SIERRA.
+
+(_a_) In expressions referring to the weather _to be_ is rendered
+by =hacer=, _to make_, the descriptive adjective becoming in Spanish
+a noun of corresponding meaning.
+
+_It was suffocatingly hot._
+
+=Hacía un calor sofocante.=--PALACIO VALDÉS.
+
+_It was very cold in the city to-day._
+
+=Hacía mucho frío hoy en la ciudad.=
+
+_Note._--In all such expressions _very_ must be translated =mucho=,
+since =calor=, =frío=, etc., are nouns.
+
+(_b_) When used with a predicate adjective indicating mental or
+physical state, _to be_ is translated by =tener=, the adjective
+changing to a noun of corresponding meaning.
+
+The commonest of these expressions are _to be hungry_, _thirsty_,
+_hot_, _cold_, _sleepy_, _afraid_, _right_, _careful_, _jealous_,
+which are rendered =tener hambre=, =sed=, =calor=, =frío=, =sueño=, =miedo=,
+=razón=, =cuidado=, =celos=.
+
+_Uncle is right. That can't hurt him._
+
+=Tiene razón el tío. Eso no puede hacerle mal.=--RAMOS CARRIÓN.
+
+_While I am so cold I don't want to go out._
+
+=Mientras tengo tanto frío no quiero salir.=
+
+_I wasn't hungry but I was very sleepy._
+
+=No tenía hambre pero tenía mucho sueño.=
+
+_Note._--In all similar expressions _so_ is rendered =tanto=. Cf.
+note to (_a_) above.
+
+(_c_) Many phrases consisting of the verb _to be_ and an adjective
+denoting age or dimension are translated by =tener= and a noun. Such
+are _to be old_, _wide_, _long_, _high_, etc., rendered =tener edad=,
+=anchura=, =longitud=, =altitud=. Note also _to be to blame_, _one's
+fault_, =tener la culpa=; _to be successful_, =tener éxito=.
+
+_How old are these children?_
+
+=¿Qué edad tienen estos niños?=
+
+_The ribbon is two inches wide._
+
+=La cinta tiene dos pulgadas de anchura.=
+
+(_d_) _To be at_ meaning _to attend_ is translated =asistir a=.
+
+_There were not many at the meeting last night._
+
+=No asistían muchos a la reunión de anoche.=
+
+(_e_) _To be worth_ is translated =valer=. _To be worth while_ is
+=valer la pena=.
+
+_I don't know how much it is and it isn't worth while to ask._
+
+=No sé cuanto vale y no vale la pena de preguntar.=
+
+
+=2.= =EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. Hacía tanto calor que no podíamos dormir aunque teníamos mucho
+sueño. 2. Ya no tenemos miedo de nada. 3. Dice que tiene mucho frío. 4.
+Nos preguntaron si teníamos hambre. 5. Usted cree que este hombre tiene
+razón. Pues yo creo que no la tiene. 6. La mesa tiene cuatro pies de
+longitud y tres de anchura. 7. Yo no tengo la culpa de que no asistieron
+al teatro anoche. 8. Dígale que tendré mucho gusto en aceptar su amable
+invitación y asistir al concierto. 9. Ha hecho tanto frío hoy como si
+fuéramos en el mes de diciembre. 10. Estoy seguro de que usted tendrá
+mucho éxito.
+
+(_b_) 1. Don't be afraid of the dog. He will not bite you. 2. How wide
+is this river? 3. If you are so hungry, why don't you eat? 4. Is it my
+fault that they are not here yet? 5. It is too cold in this room. Close
+the door. 6. The living-room is longer than the dining-room, but it is
+not so wide. 7. I don't feel like (_am not desirous of_) studying
+to-night. 8. I wasn't at school the day that the President visited it.
+9. I gave him the money although I knew that the thing wasn't worth it.
+10. It is cool to-day. It was so warm yesterday.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON II
+
+
+_El día es para trabajar, por eso hay luz._[2]
+
+--TOMAYO Y BAUS.
+
+
+3. The verb _to ask_ has five common translations. Meaning _to question_
+or _to inquire_ it is rendered =preguntar=.
+
+_"Are you asleep, Captain?" the widow asked, greatly alarmed._
+
+=¿Duerme Vd., Capitán?--le preguntó muy alarmada la viuda.=--PEDRO DE
+ALARCÓN.
+
+_A girl came to the door asking for him._
+
+=Vino a la puerta una muchacha preguntando por él.=--LOS QUINTERO.
+
+(_a_) _To ask for_, _beg_, is translated =pedir a=.
+
+_He had slipped into the kitchen to ask the cook for something to
+eat._
+
+=Se había deslizado en la cocina para pedir algo que comer a la
+cocinera.=--BLASCO IBÁÑEZ.
+
+_Note._--With =pedir= the thing asked for is the direct object, the
+person of whom it is asked is the indirect, and is introduced by =a=.
+Cf. English, "We begged a dollar from father."
+
+(_b_) _To ask_ in the sense of _to request_ is rendered by =pedir= or
+=rogar=, the latter being the more formal. Both verbs require the
+subjunctive in the dependent verb.
+
+_I asked the children not to make so much noise._
+
+=Pedí a los niños que no hiciesen tanto ruido.=
+
+_I asked Mr. Blanco to come and see me._
+
+=Le rogué al señor Blanco que me viniese a ver (a visitar).=
+
+(_c_) _To ask_, _invite_ is rendered =convidar= or =invitar=.
+
+_They have asked us to dinner._
+
+=Nos han convidado (invitado) a comer con ellos.=
+
+(_d_) _To ask questions_ is rendered =hacer preguntas=.
+
+_And finally he asked himself the same question, wondering that it
+had not occurred to him before._
+
+=Y por fin se hizo la misma pregunta, extrañando que no se le
+hubiera ocurrido antes la idea.=--BLASCO IBÁÑEZ.
+
+=4.= English _for_ as a preposition is rendered by =para= or =por=. It is
+omitted before a non-emphatic personal pronoun object and after many
+verbs.
+
+_He bought it for me yesterday._
+
+=Me lo compró ayer.=
+
+_He bought it for me_ (for my sake).
+
+=Lo compró por mí.===
+
+_Wait for me._
+
+=Espéreme.=
+
+_Ask for it._
+
+=Pídalo.=
+
+_Look for them._
+
+=Búsquelos.=
+
+(_a_) _For_ is rendered =para= when it expresses destination,
+purpose, use, future time, and to introduce a qualifying phrase.
+
+_This is the train for Madrid._
+
+=Este es el tren para Madrid.=
+
+_She has enough money for her clothes._
+
+=Tiene bastante dinero para sus vestidos (prendas de vestir).=
+
+_This is a machine for cutting leather._
+
+=Ésta es una máquina para cortar cuero.=
+
+_I have an appointment for to-morrow._
+
+=Tengo cita para mañana.=
+
+_She plays the piano well for her age._
+
+=Toca el piano bien para su edad.=
+
+(_b_) Expressing exchange, cause, motive, or duration of time,
+_for_ is rendered =por=.
+
+_I gave him twenty-five dollars for his bicycle._
+
+=Le dí veinticinco duros por su bicicleta.=
+
+_For months at a time we did not see him._
+
+=Por meses enteros no le habíamos visto.=
+
+_They set fire to the house for fun._
+
+=Por burla pegaron fuego a la casa.=
+
+_We could not see the house for the smoke._
+
+=No podíamos ver la casa por el humo.=
+
+
+=5.= =EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. La señora pregunta por la señorita. 2. Ruéguele que me lo
+mande. 3. Pídame Vd. todo lo que quiera. 4. ¿Cuándo parte Vd. para
+Europa? 5. Para su edad es un muchacho muy intelligente. 6. No sé
+contestar a todas las preguntas que me hacen estos chicos. 7. Le dí mi
+gramática española por su libro de lectura. 8. Para el almuerzo he
+comprado tocino. 9. Lo hace todo por sus hermanos y no saben
+agradecérselo. 10. Murió por la patria como yo muriera por ella.
+
+(_b_) 1. I shall ask them to come and see me in the country. 2. I
+promised my mother that I would ask you for some of your beautiful
+roses. 3. Ask the children if they are hungry. 4. I will ask his mother
+to ask him for it. 5. Shall we ask them to dinner for the day after
+to-morrow? 6. Will you wait for me while I look for it? (For _will you_
+say =Quiere Vd.=) 7. This is the book father bought for me in London. 8.
+It is a beautiful book for the price. 9. If it wasn't for the dust, we
+could see the horses. 10. Some friends have asked me to go to the
+theater with them this evening. 11. In Spanish they call a typewriter a
+"machine for writing." 12. They will sing for joy when they receive this
+news.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON III
+
+_Cada uno es como Dios le ha criado._[3]
+
+--PEDRO DE ALARCÓN.
+
+
+=6.= The verb _to have_ denoting possession is rendered =tener=. With
+auxiliary force it is =haber=.
+
+_I used to have it, but I have it no longer._
+
+=Lo tenía sí, pero ya no lo tengo más.=
+
+_He says he has sold it, but I don't know who has bought it._
+
+=Dice que lo ha vendido, pero no sé quien lo ha comprado.=
+
+(_a_) _To have_ meaning _to cause to be done_ or _made_, _let_, is
+rendered by =hacer= followed (1) by a direct infinitive, or (2) by
+=que= with the subjunctive of indirect command.
+
+_Have them get the trunks down at once._
+
+=Hágales bajar los baúles en seguida= or =Haga Vd. que bajen los
+baúles.=
+
+_I like this book very much. I will have the children read it._
+
+=Me gusta mucho este libro. Haré que lo lean los niños.=
+
+_He has had a new house built for his newly married daughter._
+
+=Ha hecho construir una nueva casa para su hija recién casada.=
+
+(_b_) _To have to_ denoting necessity or compulsion is translated
+=tener que=, which is followed by the infinitive.
+
+_It is raining torrents. We shall have to stay here till it stops._
+
+=Llueve a cántaros. Tendremos que quedarnos aquí hasta que deje de
+llover.=
+
+_I can't go with you because I have to study some lessons._
+
+=No puedo acompañarle porque tengo que estudiar unas lecciones.=
+
+(_c_) _To have on_, _be wearing_, is rendered =tener puesto=, or by
+=llevar= or =vestir=. =Puesto= is an adjective and agrees in gender and
+number with the thing worn.
+
+_She has on a simple dress and over her shoulders a wide black lace
+scarf._
+
+=Viste un traje sencillo y trae sobre los hombros un amplio velo
+negro de encaje.=--LOS QUINTERO.
+
+_They all had their hats on when they came out._
+
+=Al salir todos tenían puestos los sombreros.=
+
+
+=7.= English _to be to_ expressing futurity coupled with a vague necessity
+is rendered =haber de= followed by the infinitive.
+
+_I have read in the papers that the president is to visit the city._
+
+=He leído en los diarios que el presidente ha de visitar la ciudad.=
+
+_The teacher told us that we were to finish that lesson._
+
+=El maestro nos dijo que hubiéramos de acabar aquella lección.=
+
+
+=8.= =EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. Aquel día había de ser glorioso para el país. 2. Yo quiero que
+nadie tenga noticia de nuestra conferencia. 3. Quien lo haya quebrado
+tendrá que remendarlo. 4. Me había ido, pero he vuelto porque tengo que
+hablarle a Vd. 5. Pues ya no has de ver más a Paquita. Ella se casa. 6.
+Lo compré esta mañana y han de entregármelo mañana. 7. Tengo que subir
+al palomar para dar de comer a mis palomitas. 8. Ha mandado hacer un
+vestido nuevo para su hijita. 9. Celebro tener el gusto de conocer a Vd.
+10. Tengo una viva satisfacción en haber conocido a Vd. 11. Dígales Vd.
+que me traigan pronto lo que les he pedido. 12. Tendrán que acostarse en
+cuanto lleguen.
+
+(_b_) 1. This strap is good for nothing (_worth nothing_). I had it in
+my hand and it broke. 2. The trunks will have to be at the station at
+three o'clock. 3. What dress are you going to wear on the train? The one
+that I have on. 4. Have a new strap made when you return. 5. We are to
+wait for them here. They have gone to look for the others. 6. The
+teacher had the pupil read the lesson aloud. 7. You will have to go with
+us because we don't know the way. 8. She had on a pair of white gloves
+that I had given her. 9. I am to tell her that he has broken the whip
+that she had made for him for his birthday. 10. I will have the letter
+written at once.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON IV
+
+_Puesto que todo pasa, gocémoslo todo mientras vive._[4]
+
+--MARTÍNEZ SIERRA.
+
+
+=9.= The English _since_ as a preposition is translated =desde=; as an
+adverb it is rendered =desde entonces= or =desde aquel tiempo=, literally,
+_since then_ and _since that time_. As a conjunction of time it is =desde
+que=, and as a conjunction of cause it is =ya que=, =puesto que=, or =visto
+que= (cf. English _seeing that_).
+
+_I have not seen him since yesterday._
+
+=No le he visto desde ayer.=
+
+_He left the city last year and I have not seen him since._
+
+=Partió de la ciudad el año pasado y no le he visto desde entonces.=
+
+_I have not seen him since he left the city._
+
+=No le he visto desde que partió de la ciudad.=
+
+_I will speak to him once more since you desire it._
+
+=Le hablaré una vez más ya que Vd. lo desea.=--LOS QUINTERO.
+
+
+=10.= The verb _to go_ is =ir= or =irse=, the reflexive form being used when
+_to be_ is not followed by a complementary infinitive or by a
+prepositional phrase denoting direction. _To go away_ may be translated
+=irse=, =marcharse=, or =partir=.
+
+_Now I am going to explain it to you._
+
+=Ya se lo voy a explicar.=
+
+_I am going now. Do you want to go with me?_
+
+=Ya me voy. ¿Quiere Vd. acompañarme?=
+
+_We are going to the country to spend a few days._
+
+=Vamos al campo a pasar unos pocos días.=
+
+(_a_) _To go in_ or _into_, _up_, _down_, _through_, are translated
+=entrar= (=en=), =subir=, =bajar=, =pasar por=, the preposition being
+included in the meaning of the verb except that =en= and =por= are used
+with =entrar= and =pasar= when the object of the verb is expressed.
+
+_Did you go into the house? Yes, we went in. We also went upstairs
+and went through all the rooms._
+
+=¿Entraron Vds. en la casa? Sí, entramos. También subimos la
+escalera y pasamos por todas las habitaciones.=
+
+(_b_) _To go out_ has two translations, =salir=, _to leave_, and
+=apagarse=, _to be extinguished_.
+
+_They have all gone out to take a walk._
+
+=Todos han salido a dar un paseo.=
+
+_All of a sudden all the lights in the house went out._
+
+=De repente se apagaron todas las luces en la casa.=
+
+(_c_) _To go on_, _continue_, is rendered =continuar= or =seguir=.
+
+_He went on talking as if he had not seen me._
+
+=Siguió= (=continuó=) =hablando como si no me hubiera visto.=
+
+(_d_) _To go to bed_ is rendered =acostarse=; _to go to sleep_,
+=dormirse=.
+
+_I can't go to sleep when I go to bed so early._
+
+=No puedo dormirme cuando me acuesto tan temprano.=
+
+Many other translations of _to go_ may be obtained by paraphrasing. So,
+_to go back_, _return_, =volver=; _to go into_, _investigate_, =investigar=;
+_to go by_, _judge by_, =juzgar por=, etc.
+
+
+=11.= =EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. Me voy un rato con este amigo. 2. Ya se apagó el fuego. 3.
+Todos quedaron menos él, que se fué en seguida. 4. Puesto que llueve a
+cántaros no salimos esta mañana. 5. Ya es hora de volver, ¿no? 6. Nos
+iremos mañana si hace buen tiempo. 7. No hemos recibido noticias de
+ellos desde que se fueron. 8. Entonces vimos que los niños se habían
+dormido. 9. Siguen riendo y charlando mientras esperan la llegada de los
+otros. 10. Tráeme acá un fósforo. Se me ha apagado la lámpara.
+
+(_b_) 1. Since I can't come to see you, I ask you to come to see me. 2.
+I lent him my fountain pen last week and I have not seen it since. 3. I
+am sleepy, but I can't go to sleep. 4. Go back at once! The others have
+all gone. 5. Don't go out until you see them go in. 6. It is very cold
+in this room since the fire went out. 7. I shall go on making
+preparations for their visit. 8. It was so warm in the room that we
+almost went to sleep. 9. He is ill and has had to go to bed. He hasn't
+been well since he came home. 10. Are you going now? Well, I will go
+with you.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON V
+
+_Mientras uno es joven, siempre hay esperanza de mejorar la
+fortuna._[5]--PALACIO VALDÉS.
+
+
+=12.= English _long_ is usually rendered =largo=, but in expressions of time
+it is often translated =mucho=.
+
+_This is the longest street in the city. We lived here for a long time._
+
+=Esta es la calle más larga de la ciudad. Vivimos aquí por mucho tiempo.=
+
+_I have not seen them for a long time._
+
+=No los he visto desde hace mucho tiempo.=
+
+_Note._--When a phrase expressing duration of time introduced by
+_for_ is equivalent to _since ... ago_, _for_ is translated =desde
+hace=.
+
+(_a_) The phrase _to be long_ (_in_), followed by a verbal in
+_-ing_, expressed or understood, is rendered =tardar= (=en=), followed
+by an infinitive expressed or understood.
+
+_Have patience! You will not be long in learning how to do it._
+
+=¡Ten paciencia! No tardarás en aprender a hacerlo.=
+
+_You go now. I will follow.--All right, but don't be long._
+
+=Vete ahora. Yo te seguiré.--Bueno, pero no tardes.=
+
+--PÉREZ GALDÓS.
+
+(_b_) =Tardar en= may also be used to translate the expression _before
+long_.
+
+_They will be back before long._
+
+=No tardarán en volver.=
+
+(_c_) The adverbial phrases _no longer_, _any longer_ are translated =ya
+no=.
+
+_I wonder why they are so long. I can't wait any longer._
+
+=¿Por qué tardarán tanto? Ya no puedo esperar más.=
+
+(_d_) The conjunctive phrase _as long as is_ rendered =mientras=.
+
+_As long as it was raining we could not go out._
+
+=Mientras llovía no podíamos salir.=
+
+
+=13.= The word _before_ as an adverb is rendered =antes=; as a conjunction,
+=antes que=; as a preposition of time, =antes de=; as a preposition of
+place, it is rendered =delante de= or =ante=, the latter being used
+especially with the meaning of _in the presence of_.
+
+_I had never done that before._
+
+=No había hecho eso antes.=
+
+_Before he went away he said that he would be back before long._
+
+=Antes que se fué me dijo que no tardaría en volver.=
+
+_Before taking it you ought to have spoken to me._
+
+=Antes de cogerla debió usted hablar conmigo.=
+
+--PÉREZ GALDÓS.
+
+_He wanted to appear before them as a millionaire._
+
+=Quería presentarse delante de ellos como millonario=.
+
+--BLASCO IBÁÑEZ.
+
+_They look at the gypsy who stops before them._
+
+=Miran al húngaro que se para ante ellos.=--MARTÍNEZ SIERRA.
+
+_Note._--=Antes= also translates English _formerly_.
+
+
+=14.= The verb _to know_, meaning _to be acquainted with_, is =conocer=;
+otherwise _to know_ and _to know how_ are rendered =saber=.
+
+_I know the family, but I don't know where they live._
+
+=Conozco a la familia, pero no sé donde viven.=
+
+_I know how to sew, I know how to cook, I know how to wash clothes._
+
+=Yo sé coser, yo sé guisar, yo sé lavar la ropa.=--LOS QUINTERO.
+
+_Note_.--=Conocer= also translates English _to make the acquaintance
+of_.
+
+
+=15.= =EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. No sé como he vivido tanto tiempo con ellos. 2. ¡Bien ha
+tardado Vd. esta noche! 3. ¿Cuánto tiempo espera Vd. pasar aquí? 4.
+Dígales que yo quiero verlas antes que salgan. 5. No sé leer el español
+pero conozco las obras de Benavente en traducción. 6. No tardamos en
+saber lo que había hecho. 7. Antes de escribir los ejercicios tenemos
+que estudiar las reglas. 8. Antes era rico, ya no lo es. 9. En el
+abecedario viene la _a_ ante la _be_. 10. Puesto que no puedo quedarme
+más tiempo, tendrá Vd. que acabarlo solo.
+
+(_b_) 1. Do you know the works of Blasco Ibáñez? 2. How long have you
+been here? 3. I don't know how to describe it to you. 4. I don't know
+how long he has been ill. 5. Before I speak I want to know how much you
+know. 6. Do you know this song? Yes, but I don't know how to sing it. 7.
+Before buying the house he told me that he had known the owner for a
+long time. 8. Ask him if he knows who has lived in it since. 9. I knew
+him before he went to live there. 10. I'm sure I shall see him before
+long.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON VI
+
+
+_Ya ves que no hay que fiar de sueños._[6]
+
+--PALACIO VALDÉS.
+
+
+=16.= The English _to get_ has so many different translations in Spanish
+that it is always advisable to paraphrase it before translating. So: _I
+am going to get_ (buy) _some bread. We are going to get_ (fetch _or_
+bring) _our books. He gets_ (receives) _his money here. The lion got
+out_ (escaped). _We got back_ (arrived, returned) _this morning. It
+gets_ (grows, becomes) _dark early._ In such examples as the last,
+however, the alternatives are also verbs that present some difficulty in
+translations: and many of the compounds of _get_ and a preposition must
+be learned literally.
+
+_He got_ (obtained) _what he wanted._
+
+=Obtuvo lo que quería.=
+
+_There is no more sugar. I shall have to go and get some._
+
+=No hay más azúcar. Tendré que ir a comprar más.=
+
+_Have you sent the boy to get the car?_
+
+=¿Ha mandado usted al mozo a traer el automóvil?=
+
+_I get a letter from home every Tuesday._
+
+=Recibo carta de casa todos los martes=.
+
+_There was a fire at the Zoölogical Gardens yesterday and a lion got
+out_ (away).
+
+=Hubo incendio en los jardines zoológicos ayer y se escapó un león.=
+
+(_a_) _To get_ meaning _to grow_ or _become_ is translated =ponerse=
+or =hacerse=, the former indicating a temporary change of state, the
+latter a more permanent one.
+
+_She gets very cross if she has to wait for us._
+
+=Se pone muy enojada= (=enfadada=) =si tiene que esperarnos.=
+
+_He got rich quickly, but his methods couldn't be admired._
+
+=Se hizo rico pronto, pero sus métodos no podían admirarse.=
+
+(_b_) _To get along with_, speaking of persons, may be rendered
+=entenderse con=, or =congeniar con=: when the object is a thing, the
+translation is =servirse de=. _To get along without_ is translated
+=pasarse sin=.
+
+_He doesn't get along very well with his oldest brother._
+
+=No se entiende muy bien con su hermano mayor.=
+
+_I shall have to get along with this knife since there is no
+other._
+
+=Tendré que servirme de este cuchillo puesto que no hay otro.=
+
+_I get along without a laundress now that my daughter is at home._
+
+=Yo me paso sin lavandera ya que está en casa mi hija.=
+
+(_c_) _To get into_ and _out of_ vehicles are rendered =subir a= and
+=bajar de=.
+
+_They get out of one automobile and into another._
+
+=Bajaron de un automóvil y subieron a otro.=
+
+(_d_) _To get out of the way_ may be rendered =apartarse del camino=
+or =quitarse de en medio=.
+
+_You know that to me she is always at home. Get out of the way!_
+
+=Sabe Vd. que para mí siempre está. ¡Quítese de en medio!=
+
+--TOMAYO Y BAUS.
+
+(_e_) _To get up_, _rise_, is rendered =levantárse= or =ponerse de pie=.
+
+_I got up very, very early this morning._
+
+=Esta mañana me levanté muy de madrugada.=
+
+_When the teacher spoke to the pupil the latter got up._
+
+=Cuando habló el maestro al discípulo se puso de pie éste.=
+
+
+=17.= =EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. El coche se detuvo delante de la puerta y bajaron dos señores.
+2. Primero tenemos que apartar del camino este montón de piedras. 3. Se
+levantó Vd. tarde hoy. 4. Queremos deshacernos de nuestro viejo
+automóvil. 5. Los tejados se ponen blancos. 6. Las abejas sacan la miel
+de las flores. 7. No se sabe como han logrado entrar en la casa los
+ladrones. 8. Aunque cerramos la puerta con llave lograron salir. 9. Le
+he mandado a traerme otro cuchillo, porque éste no corta. 10. Baja de
+este muro en seguida si no quieres caer.
+
+(_b_) 1. The fruit is getting ripe now. 2. You ought to get rid of the
+old house before you buy a new one. 3. We shall have to get up early to
+catch that train. 4. Mother is in the kitchen getting dinner. 5. How
+dark the sky is getting. I think there will be a storm. 6. As I was
+getting up this morning my mother called to me and said, "Hurry up,
+John, I want you to go and get some milk for breakfast." 7. Since there
+is no ink we shall have to get along with pencils. 8. My parents do not
+like to get letters written in pencil. 9. That company gets out
+beautiful illustrated books. 10. He has been ill and has not been able
+to get out for a long time.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON VII
+
+_Vale más una sola cosa buena que muchas medianas._[7]
+
+--PÉREZ GALDÓS.
+
+
+=18.= =REVIEW EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. We must not remain longer in this house. 2. I must go and I
+will go. But, where? Who knows? 3. If you want to know, ask her. 4. He
+is here again and he knows that we are in this house. 5. Man, you are
+right. You must be right sometimes. 6. I am not to blame because he is
+not here. 7. These are for me, but I will give you these for those. 8.
+You don't know what you are asking for. 9. He is hungry and cold, but
+not ashamed. 10. Send the maid to get some vegetables.
+
+(_b_) 1. Do you know how old he is? 2. How deep is this well? 3. It is
+not his fault that he has not been successful. 4. Ask them if they are
+hungry? 5. Father has gone out for a lamp because all the electric
+lights have gone out. 6. We shall get there before long. 7. Have you
+ever been here before? Yes, but not for a long time. 8. Mother's going
+to get me a new hat. 9. This store always closes for an hour at noon.
+10. It's a pity this young man does not get along better with his
+parents. 11. Before you go, go and ask John if he got the tickets for
+to-night.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON VIII
+
+_¡Mira las estrellas! Cuentan cuentos dulces las estrellas y hacen
+compañía._[8]--MARTÍNEZ SIERRA.
+
+
+=19.= The verb _to look_ or _look at_ is rendered =mirar=, the _at_
+remaining untranslated.
+
+_Looking through the window, I saw that my friend was looking at the
+flowers._
+
+=Mirando por la ventana, vi que mi amiga miraba las flores.=
+
+(_a_) _To look_ (_as if_) is rendered =parecer=. The impersonal _it
+looks as if_ may be translated =según parece=, or =por lo visto=.
+
+_You look very tired. It looks as if you had been working too
+hard._
+
+=Parece Vd. muy cansada. Ha trabajado Vd. demasiado según parece.=
+
+_It looks as if he had determined to stop our talking._
+
+=Parece que se ha propuesto impedirnos hablar.=--LOS QUINTERO.
+
+(_b_) _To look for_ or _look up_ is translated =buscar=.
+
+_I don't know where they went. For my part I'm not looking for
+them._
+
+=Yo no sé a donde iban. Por mi parte no los busco.=--JOSÉ MÁRMOL.
+
+
+=20.= English _little_ as an adjective of size is rendered =pequeño=,
+=chico=, or =menudo=.
+
+_We have just rented that little house across the street._
+
+=Acabamos de alquilar esa casa pequeña al otro lado de la calle.=
+
+_Are the little folks coming too?_
+
+=¿Vienen también la gente menuda?=
+
+(_a_) Denoting quantity _little_ is rendered =poco=.
+
+_Why, you went to bed a little after ten!_
+
+=¡Si te acostaste a poco más de las diez!=--RAMOS CARRIÓN.
+
+_It is a matter of little importance._
+
+=Es asunto de poca importancia.=
+
+(_b_) As an adverb of degree _little_ is rendered =poco=, =algo=, or =un
+tanto=.
+
+_The price is a little high, isn't it? A little, yes._
+
+=Es algo subido el precio, ¿no? Un tanto, si.=
+
+
+=21.= English _there_ as an adverb is translated =ahí=, =allí=, or
+=allá=, the last being the form used with verbs of motion. Used with a
+verb that doesn't express motion, =allá= indicates approximate situation
+while =allí= always indicates definite situation.
+
+_I wonder where my hat can be. I left it there on the table._
+
+=¿Dónde estará mi sombrero? Lo dejé allí en la mesa.=
+
+_I don't know where he has gone, but he went over there._
+
+=No se adónde habrá ido, pero se fué por allá.=
+
+(_a_) _There is_, _there was_, _there will be_, etc., are
+translated by the various tenses of =haber=, the verb always being in
+the singular.
+
+_There is one here now. There were two before._
+
+=Hay uno aquí ahora. Antes había dos.=
+
+_There are absurdities in the spiritual life as in the natural._
+
+=Hay absurdos en la vida del espíritu como en la naturaleza.=
+
+--PÉREZ GALDÓS.
+
+(_b_) _There_ as an exclamatory word has many renderings which can best
+be learned by observation. Note the following examples.
+
+_There, there, don't cry! You'll wake mother._
+
+=¡Vamos, vamos, no llores! Despertarás a la madre.=
+
+_There! I told you you would break it._
+
+=¡Ya se ve! Te dije que ibas a quebrarlo.=
+
+_There's a beautiful house!_
+
+=¡Vaya una casa hermosa!=
+
+
+=22.= =EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. Dígale que yo voy allá en seguida. 2. ¡Vaya una muchacha guapa!
+¿Quién es? 3. Parece que nunca van a terminar. 4. Habrá reunión allí
+mañana por la mañana. 5. Es muy chico. Me gustaría más si fuese un
+tantito más grande. 6. Parece que va a llover. Tal vez habrá tempestad.
+7. Los chicos quieren ir a la playa, pero ya es un poco tarde para eso.
+8. He perdido un guante. ¿Quieres volver a buscármelo? 9. ¡Mire Vd.
+cuánta gente hay en la calle! 10. Parece más joven, pero la verdad es
+que tiene algo más edad que yo.
+
+(_b_) 1. Were you there when the accident occurred? 2. There were ten
+boys in the class. How many are there in your class? 3. Oh, look! There
+goes a deer. There's a pretty little animal! 4. We shall be there for an
+hour. We went there last year, too. 5. How does it look to you? I
+haven't looked at it well yet. 6. I need a little more milk. Who will go
+and get me some? 7. The little money that I had was not sufficient. 8.
+There had been a terrible storm and the little city had suffered not a
+little damage. 9. Look up these words in the dictionary. 10. Look out!
+(=¡Cuidado!=) There comes an automobile. _There's_ a reckless driver (for
+you)!
+
+
+
+
+LESSON IX
+
+_Las frutas se comen. Las flores se huelen, nada más._[9]
+
+--LOS QUINTERO.
+
+
+=23.= The verb _to grow,_ meaning _to cultivate_ or _be cultivated_, is
+translated =cultivar= or =cultivarse=; meaning _to increase in size_ it is
+=crecer= or =aumentarse=; meaning _to become_ it is rendered =ponerse= or
+=hacerse=, the first expressing temporary, the second approximately
+permanent, change. _To grow up_ is translated =criarse=.
+
+_In the Argentine Republic they grow much wheat._
+
+=En la República Argentina cultivan= (=se cultiva=) =mucho trigo.=
+
+_Why! How this child has grown!_
+
+=¡Vaya, que ha crecido este niño!=
+
+_The number grows year by year._
+
+=El número se aumenta de año en año.=
+
+_She must be ill. She is growing thinner day by day._
+
+=Debe estar mala. Se pone más delgada de día en día.=
+
+_By means of gymnastic exercises he has grown very strong._
+
+=Por medio de ejercicios gimnásticos se ha hecho muy fuerte.=
+
+_This child grew up with her mother until she was five years old._
+
+=Esta niña se crió junto a su madre hasta tener cinco años.=
+
+--PÉREZ GALDÓS.
+
+
+=24.= The word _just_ has numerous renderings in Spanish. As an adjective
+it is =justo=.
+
+_Since our cause is just, we shall win._
+
+=Puesto que es justa nuestra causa, venceremos.=
+
+(_a_) Meaning _only_ it may be translated by the adverb =sólo=, or by
+the phrases =nada más= or =no ... más que= (=de= before numerals). =Nada
+más= is placed at the end of the sentence.
+
+_There were just twenty persons present._
+
+=Asistieron sólo veinte personas= (=no más de veinte personas=; =veinte
+personas nada más=).
+
+_How much do you want? I have just a pound._
+
+=¿Cuánto quiere usted? No tengo más que una libra.=
+
+_Note._--If this sentence meant _exactly_ a pound, the translation
+would be =una libra justa=; so always when _just_ equals _exactly_.
+
+_We just came to look for a pencil and paper for Patros._
+
+=No venimos más que a buscar lápiz y papel para Patros.=
+
+--PÉREZ GALDÓS.
+
+_For you must know, my son, that the dreaming of the old is just
+remembering._
+
+=Porque has de saber, hijo mío, que el soñar de los viejos es sólo
+recordar.=--MARTÍNEZ SIERRA.
+
+_It was just the door closing._
+
+=Era la puerta que se cerraba, nada más.=
+
+(_b_) Meaning _at this or that moment_, _just_ is translated =en este= or
+=ese mismo momento=; or it may be implied in the present or imperfect
+tenses.
+
+_The door is just closing._
+
+=Se cierra la puerta.=
+
+_The door was just closing._
+
+=Se cerraba la puerta.=
+
+The phrase =en este mismo momento= makes the _just_ more emphatic.
+
+(_c_) In expressions of time of day _just_ is rendered =en punto=; _just
+now_ is =hace poco= or =hace un ratito=, referring to past time, =ahora=
+or =al momento= when present time is understood; _just yet_ is rendered
+=todavía=.
+
+_What time is it? It is just eight o'clock._
+
+=¿Qué hora es? Son las ocho en punto.=
+
+_I saw them just now and they said they were coming._
+
+=Los vi hace poco y dijeron que iban a venir.=
+
+_I'm sorry I can't go with you, but I'm very busy just now._
+
+=Siento no poder acompañarle, pero al momento estoy muy ocupado.=
+
+_It isn't ready just yet. I will call you as soon as it is._
+
+=No está listo todavía. Le llamaré en cuanto lo esté.=
+
+(_d_) _Have just_ and _had just_ with a past participle are translated
+by the present and imperfect of the verb =acabar= followed by =de= and the
+infinitive of the verb that in English is in the participle.
+
+_He has just arrived._
+
+=Acaba de llegar.=
+
+_He had just gone._
+
+=Acababa de marcharse.=
+
+
+=25.= =EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. Hacemos este viaje sólo por placer. 2. El sol acababa de
+ponerse. 3. No podía soportar que su única hija se criase como un
+muchacho. 4. Hablábamos de la posibilidad de su llegada, nada más. 5.
+¡Ya se ve! Crióse sin madre casi sin nodriza. 6. Esto ocurrió hace un
+año. No, hace tres meses justos. 7. Un momento nada más y sales
+diciéndoles que tienes que hacer en la casa. 8. El tabaco no se cultiva
+en este estado. 9. Estos niños crecen como la mala hierba. 10. Son las
+ocho en punto y dicen que acaban de llegar las distinguidas visitas.
+
+(_b_) 1. I am just going. Do you want to go with me? 2. We grow just
+flowers in our garden. 3. What are you doing? I'm just reading. 4. They
+have just come in and they say it is just beginning to rain. 5. When we
+got there he had just begun to speak. 6. That is just what I was going
+to say. 7. It was growing darker and we could only just see. 8. This is
+just for the little girls. 9. How you have grown! The other day you were
+just a little boy. 10. He is growing weaker every day.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON X
+
+_En Dios confía quien adora la verdad._[10]
+
+--PÉREZ GALDÓS.
+
+
+=26.= English _after_ as a preposition of time is rendered =después de=; as
+a preposition of place or direction it is =tras= or =en pos de=; as a
+conjunction it is =después que=.
+
+_And so the boats kept on appearing one after the other._
+
+=Y así fueron apareciendo unas tras otras las lanchas.=
+
+--PALACIO VALDÉS.
+
+_The boats were disappearing one after the other behind the cape._
+
+=Las lanchas se fueron ocultando una en pos de otra detrás del
+cabo.=--PALACIO VALDÉS.
+
+_We will help you after dinner._
+
+=Le ayudaremos después de la comida.=
+
+_After we have finished, we will go._
+
+=Después que hayamos acabado, nos iremos.=
+
+(_a_) _Afterwards_ is =después=. _The day after to-morrow_ is =pasado
+mañana=.
+
+_Afterwards I found out that he was earning his living as a public
+letter writer._
+
+=Después supe que ganaba la vida trabajando de memorialista.=
+
+--PÉREZ GALDÓS.
+
+_I have to see them the day after to-morrow._
+
+=Tengo que verlos pasado mañana.=
+
+
+=27.= The verb _to help_ meaning _to assist_, _aid_, is rendered =ayudar= or
+=asistir=.
+
+_I have so much to do and nobody wants to help me._
+
+=Tengo tanto que hacer y nadie quiere ayudarme.=
+
+(_a_) _To help_ in the sense of _to prevent_, _avoid_, is rendered
+=evitar=.
+
+_I couldn't help his doing it, but he couldn't help it either._
+
+=Yo no podía evitar que él lo hiciese, pero él no podía evitarlo
+tampoco.=
+
+(_b_) _Can't help_ and _couldn't help_, followed by an unmodified
+present participle, are rendered by the present and the imperfect
+of the verb =poder= and the phrase =menos de= with the infinitive.
+Otherwise, _I can't help_, _couldn't help_, etc., may be rendered
+=Yo no tengo= (=tenía=) =la culpa de que=.
+
+_I can't help confessing that I am sorry._
+
+=No puedo menos de confesar que lo siento.=--PALACIO VALDÉS.
+
+_I couldn't help knowing that you were talking of us._
+
+=No podía menos de saber que Vd. hablaba de nosotros.=
+
+_Note._--When the verbal in _-ing_ is modified by a possessive,
+translate as in (_a_).
+
+(_c_) _It can't be helped_ is translated =no hay remedio=.
+
+_I thought it could be avoided, but now it can't be helped._
+
+=Creí que podría evitarse, pero ya no hay remedio.=
+
+--RAMOS CARRIÓN.
+
+
+=28.= =EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. Vaya a buscarla después de comer. 2. No querría hacerlo, pero
+no había otro remedio. 3. Quisiera dejarlo para después que oscurezca.
+4. Después de acabar Vd. con ese libro démelo a mí. 5. La ayudaba, sí,
+pero no podía menos de creer que lo hacía sin querer. 6. No me gusta
+dejarlo hacer por manos ajenas, pero no hay remedio. 7. Después que
+habíamos caminado dos horas, los alcanzamos. 8. No puedo menos de querer
+que vengan. 9. Estaba todavía muy débil y teníamos que asistirle cuando
+querría andar. 10. Los niños llegan pasado mañana y los padres unos días
+después.
+
+(_b_) 1. It isn't ready yet, but I can't help it. 2. Do you want me to
+help you? 3. I can't help feeling sorry that they have done that. 4. We
+knew that it couldn't be helped. 5. I have just seen him, and I can't
+help thinking that he must be ill. 6. She couldn't help hoping that she
+would get what she wanted. 7. After a short time he could walk without
+our help. 8. The dog ran after his master after he succeeded in getting
+out of the house. 9. After the rain had ceased they went out and we did
+not see them afterwards. 10. He knows it is not well done, but he says
+he can't help it.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON XI
+
+_Cuando uno no quiere, dos no riñen._[11]
+
+--TOMAYO Y BAUS.
+
+
+=29.= English _here_ is rendered =aquí= denoting _place where_ and =acá= with
+a verb of motion.
+
+_Here lived a member of my husband's family._
+
+=Aquí habitaba un individuo de la familia de mi esposo.=
+
+--JOSÉ MÁRMOL.
+
+_Go and tell him to please come here._
+
+=Ve y dile que tenga la bondad de venir acá.=--LOS QUINTERO.
+
+_Note._--=Aquí= is sometimes found with verbs of motion, but =acá= is
+the commoner form.
+
+(_a_) _Here_ accompanying the offer of something may be rendered by
+the imperative of =tomar=, _to take_, or by =aquí= with the verb =tener=.
+
+_Haven't you a pencil? Well, here. I have two._
+
+=¿No tiene usted lápiz? Pues, tome. Yo tengo dos.=
+
+_Here's the money they gave me for you._
+
+=Aquí tiene usted el dinero que me dieron para usted.=
+
+(_b_) _To be here_ in the sense of _to arrive_ is translated
+=llegar=.
+
+_They will be here in time according to what they write me._
+
+=Llegarán a tiempo según me escriben.=
+
+
+=30.= English _well_ as an adverb is translated =bien=; as an adjective it
+is =bueno=. As an introductory word having no grammatical connection with
+the rest of the sentence it is rendered =bien=, =bueno=, or =pues=. With
+exclamatory force it may be rendered =¡vaya!= or =¡toma!=
+
+_It is very well made, isn't it?_
+
+=Está muy bien hecho, ¿no?=
+
+_He must stay here until he gets well._
+
+=Debe quedar aquí hasta que se ponga bueno.=
+
+_Well, that's done. And now what else is there to do?_
+
+=Bueno= (=bien=), =ya está hecho eso. Y ahora, ¿qué más hay que hacer?=
+
+_Well, I feel ill, very ill._
+
+=Pues yo me siento mal, muy mal.=--RAMOS CARRIÓN.
+
+_Well! Here am I to get everybody out of difficulties._
+
+=¡Vaya! Aquí estoy yo para sacar de apuros a todo el mundo.=
+
+--RAMOS CARRIÓN.
+
+
+=31.= The verb _to hold_ as a synonym of _to have_ is translated =tener=;
+meaning _to contain_ it is =contener=. When it indicates that a thing has
+a certain capacity it is translated =caber en=. In this last sense the
+English subject becomes in Spanish the object of the preposition =en=,
+while the English object becomes the subject of =caber=.
+
+_He held his hat in his hand all the time._
+
+=Tenía el sombrero en la mano todo el tiempo.=
+
+_This box holds all that I want._
+
+=Este cajón contiene todo lo que yo necesito.=
+
+_We shall have to get another sack. This one holds only a pound._
+
+=Tendremos que buscar otro saco. En éste cabe solo una libra.=
+
+=Contiene solo una libra= would mean _there is only a pound in it_.
+
+_Note._--A very common expression is =no cabe duda=, which translates
+_there is no doubt_.
+
+(_a_) The phrase _to hold out_ has many translations, according to
+its meanings as here illustrated.
+
+_He held out_ (offered) _his hand to me._
+
+=Me ofreció la mano.=
+
+_He held out his hand for the money._
+
+=Extendió la mano para el dinero.=
+
+_He held out_ (persisted) _for a week._
+
+=Se mantuvo firme por una semana.=
+
+_The coffee held out_ (there was enough).
+
+=Hubo bastante cafe.=
+
+
+=32.= =EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. El vino acá en el tranvía. 2. Pues, que lo haga tan bien como
+yo lo he hecho. 3. No cabían en el barco más de cuatro personas. 4.
+Búsqueme un cesto más grande. En éste no caben las manzanas. 5. El cajón
+contenía frutas y dulces. 6. ¿Y la familia? Están todos buenos según me
+escriben. 7. Con tal que haya bastante harina, no nos falta más. 8. Está
+cansadísimo. No sé si se le mantendrán las fuerzas hasta que llegue a
+casa. 9. ¡Vaya! ¿Usted aquí? ¿Y desde cuándo?
+
+(_b_) 1. This bottle will not hold all that ink. 2. Well, what shall I
+do with what is left? 3. Put it here and get another bottle. 4. New
+countries hold out better opportunities to young men than to old ones.
+5. Well, everything is ready for them when they get here. 6. He held out
+the sack to show me what it held. 7. I can't help thinking that he is
+too young for the office that he holds. 8. How much is it? Well, here's
+the money. 9. How many books will this bookcase hold? 10. There is not
+the least doubt that they knew that the box held money.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON XII
+
+_Dios no hace las cosas a medias._[12]
+
+--JOSÉ MÁRMOL.
+
+
+=33.= The adverb _so_ expressing manner is rendered =así=, _thus_; as an
+adverb of degree _so_ is =tan=. _So much_ and _so many_ are rendered
+=tanto=, =-a=, =tantos=, =-as=, when used adjectively or pronominally. As an
+adverb _so much_ is =tanto=.
+
+_And I am to live so, as long as I am alone._
+
+=Y así he de vivir mientras esté solo.=--PÉREZ GALDÓS.
+
+_I didn't know that it was so hard to do that._
+
+=Yo no sabía que era tan difícil hacer eso.=
+
+_That's why they make so many mistakes_ (are mistaken so many times).
+
+=De ahí que se equivoquen tantas veces.=--LOS QUINTERO.
+
+_I don't need so much. You take what's left._
+
+=Yo no necesito tanto. Tome usted lo que sobra.=
+
+(_a_) Used in the manner of a neuter pronoun _so_ is rendered =lo=.
+
+_I asked him to call them and he did so at once._
+
+=Le rogué los llamase y lo hizo en seguida.=
+
+(_b_) In such expressions as _I think so_, _I believe so_, _he says
+so_, where _so_ stands for an affirmative clause, it is translated
+=que sí=.
+
+_Is it going to snow? John says so._
+
+=¿Va a nevar? Juan dice que sí.=
+
+_"I think so," he said, taking the instruments from the man's
+hands._
+
+=Creo que sí, dijo, tomando los instrumentos de las manos del
+hombre.=
+
+--JOSÉ MÁRMOL.
+
+(_c_) The conjunctive phrase _and so_ is rendered =y así= when it is equal
+to _and therefore_. When it is equivalent to _well_, _then_, it is
+rendered =conque=.
+
+_We weren't busy, and so we could help them._
+
+=Nosotros no estábamos ocupados y así podíamos ayudarlos.=
+
+_And so you say they are to be here at five o'clock?_
+
+=Conque, ¿dice usted que han de estar aquí a las cinco?=
+
+--PÉREZ GALDÓS.
+
+
+=34.= English _to keep_ in its simplest meaning of _to retain_ is rendered
+=guardar= or =quedarse con=. It has many other meanings, most of which may
+be obtained by paraphrase. So: _to keep_ (observe) _a holiday_; _to keep
+quiet_ (be still, stop talking); _to keep out_ (not to enter); _to keep
+in_ (not to let go out); _to keep on_ (to continue, _or_ not to take
+off); _to keep from_ (to hinder, prevent, abstain from).
+
+_Well, I'm going to keep what I have._
+
+=Pues, yo voy a quedarme con lo que tengo.=
+
+_At home we keep all the national holidays._
+
+=En casa observamos todas las fiestas nacionales.=
+
+_Well, I agree, and I keep on sacrificing myself._
+
+=Pues, me conformo, y sigo sacrificándome.=--ECHEGARAY.
+
+_The noise of the street kept him from sleeping._
+
+=El ruido de la calle le impidió el dormir.=--BLASCO IBÁÑEZ.
+
+_Tell them to come back. I will keep them just a moment._
+
+=Dígales que vuelvan. Los detendré un momento, nada más.=
+
+
+=35.= =EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. Así es, por desgracia. No te espero hoy. 2. La cordera siguió
+corriendo y llegó a lo alto de las peñas. 3. Guardó un asiento vacío
+junto al suyo. 4. Ha retenido la mitad de lo que me debe. 5. Su
+enfermedad le impidió que adelantara en sus estudios. 6. Si todos nos
+mantenemos quietos, no sabrán que estámos aquí. 7. Yo le dije que
+callase, pero siguió hablando. 8. Conque, se marchan ustedes hoy ¿no?
+
+(_b_) 1. I don't know why she wants so much to see me. 2. Of course if
+she wants to go, I can't keep her from it. 3. She keeps on writing to
+me, asking me not to keep it. 4. Has he kept back more than he should?
+They say so. 5. He always keeps out of the house when he sees that the
+maid has just cleaned the floors. 6. In Spain and South America they
+keep all the church holidays. 7. This lesson is not so hard
+(_difficult_). 8. If it keeps on raining, you must keep on your
+raincoats. 9. I tried to keep the children from making so much noise.
+10. Keep them out of this room for just a few minutes.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON XIII
+
+_Mi opulencia es la sencillez; mi lujo, la sobriedad; mi reposo, el
+trabajo._[13]--PÉREZ GALDÓS.
+
+
+=36.= =REVIEW EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. _Ask_ as many questions as you want to. 2. I have not been so
+busy _for a long_ time. 3. I _asked_ the young lady how much the hat
+_was_. 4. _Well_, we will _look for_ it here and if we can't find it we
+will send him to _get_ another. 5. We had been gone _for_ an hour when
+they _got here_. 6. This is a situation that cannot last _longer_. 7.
+You will _get_ better. Why (=si=), you _are_ better! 8. Did you _know_
+that man _before_? Yes, I _made_ his _acquaintance_ last year. 9. I have
+_just_ seen your parents _go in_. It is _just_ eight o'clock.
+
+(_b_) 1. He _can't help_ seeing that it is too large. 2. The poor girl
+_looks_ ill. 3. I don't _know_ how she has been able to work _so long_.
+4. I am waiting _for_ my brother; I can't _get in_ till he comes because
+I have lost my key. 5. Ah, _here_ he comes. I was _just_ going to send
+some one _to look for_ you. 6. Even the teacher _couldn't_ help
+laughing. 7. I have not seen the sun _since_ morning. I'm sure it will
+rain _before_ night. 8. It is impossible _to know how_ to speak a
+language _well_ without practice. 9. Shall you _be_ here when we _get
+back_? 10. If I can _get_ him to lend me the money, I will buy it from
+(=a=) you.
+
+(_c_) 1. _How long_ do you think they will be able to _hold out_? 2. In
+her arms she _held_ a pretty _little_ girl. 3. I have only a very
+_little_, nevertheless this valise won't _hold_ it. 4. This little
+basket _just holds_ a dozen. 5. This pitcher _holds just_ a quart. 6.
+_Keep_ a place _for_ me near you. 7. I _asked_ him who said _so_. 8. I
+don't _know_ what to do with _so_ many books and still you _keep on_
+buying more. 9. Who says that? He says _so_. 10. Is he ready? He says
+_so_.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON XIV
+
+_El hombre que se avergüenza de ser feliz debe andar en cuatro
+pies._[14]--TOMAYO Y BAUS.
+
+
+=37.= English _to leave_ has three principal translations. Meaning _to
+depart_ it is rendered =partir=; meaning _to go out of_ it is =salir=; and
+meaning _to allow to remain_ it is =dejar=.
+
+_He left for London yesterday._
+
+=Partió para Londres ayer.=
+
+_For two months I haven't been able to leave the house._
+
+=Hace dos meses que no puedo salir de la casa.=
+
+--RAMOS CARRIÓN.
+
+_The train had left him in the East station._
+
+=El tren le había dejado en la estación del Este.=
+
+--BLASCO IBÁÑEZ.
+
+(_a_) In the sense of _to let_, =dejar= is used.
+
+_Leave the poor child alone! He's not bothering you._
+
+=¡Déjale al pobre niño! No te molesta a tí.=
+
+(_b_) _To leave off_ in the sense of _to stop_ is rendered =dejar de=
+or =cesar de=, followed by the infinitive.
+
+_He left off coming when he found out that he was not congenial to
+us._
+
+=Dejó de venir cuando supo que no nos era simpático.=
+
+--BENAVENTE.
+
+(_c_) _To have something left_ is translated =quedar= or =sobrar=.
+
+_I know you have no time left for social life._
+
+=Ya sé que no le sobra tiempo para la vida social.=--PÉREZ GALDÓS.
+
+_I used to have a lot, but I have very little left now._
+
+=Antes tenía mucho, pero me queda muy poco ahora.=
+
+_I gave him four, but he has only two left now._
+
+=Le dí cuatro, pero ya no le quedan más de dos.=
+
+_Note._--In this construction notice that the English subject becomes
+the indirect object of the verbs =quedar= and =sobrar=, while the thing
+"left" is the subject. The Spanish says literally, _to him are left only
+two_. Note also the order: object, verb, subject.
+
+
+=38.= _To let_, meaning _to allow_, is rendered =dejar=.
+
+_The poor woman has died of fatigue. Let her rest in peace._
+
+=La pobre mujer ha muerto de fatiga. Dejadla que descanse en
+paz.=--MARTÍNEZ SIERRA.
+
+(_a_) When _let_ is used with the third person in the sense of a
+command it is translated by =que= with the subjunctive. When the verb
+is in the first person plural, the =que= is omitted.
+
+_Let John take these letters to the post-office at once._
+
+=Que Juan lleve estas cartas al correo en seguida.=
+
+_Let's go now. No, let us sit down here for a moment._
+
+=Vámonos ahora. No, sentémonos aquí por unos momentos.=
+
+(_b_) _To let in_, _out_, _up_, _down_, _through_ are translated
+=dejar entrar=, =salir=, =subir=, =bajar=, =pasar por=.
+
+_Don't let that dog in. I have just put him out._
+
+=No dejes entrar a ese perro. Acabo de hacerle salir.=
+
+_They couldn't open the door, but they let me in through the
+window._
+
+=No podían abrir la puerta, pero me dejaron entrar por la ventana.=
+
+
+=39.= =EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. Salga Vd. de la sala y no vuelva Vd. a entrar. 2. Si no han
+partido todavía, dígales que quiero verlos antes que se marchen. 3. No
+salimos de la casa antes que dejó de llover. 4. No sé si me dejarán
+acompañarla a usted. 5. Que vayan a traérmelo en seguida. 6. ¿Les
+sobrará mucho? Creo que sí. 7. Partimos mañana en el tren de la mañana.
+8. Su madre no quiere dejarle acompañarnos. 9. Las mujeres dejaban sus
+ocupaciones de la casa y salían a las puertas. 10. Todavía me queda la
+pequeña casa que me dejó mi padre.
+
+(_b_) 1. We will not let you leave until it leaves off raining. 2. They
+have all left their umbrellas at home. 3. When he had paid for his
+dinner he had two dollars left. 4. They left five minutes ago. 5. I have
+just one old umbrella left for myself. 6. Let Mary let them in through
+the kitchen door. 7. Let's ask him how many he has left. 8. If I have
+any money left after I have bought all the things that they are asking
+me for, I will let you take it. 9. We can't do much with what is left.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON XV
+
+_La ley es Dios--o debe serlo._[15]
+
+--PÉREZ GALDÓS.
+
+
+=40.= English _now_ is generally translated =ahora=, but when it means
+_already_ it is rendered =ya=.
+
+_I am going to take a walk through the village now._
+
+=Voy a salir a dar una vuelta por el pueblo ahora.=
+
+--LOS QUINTERO.
+
+_I have been a workman in the shops for a week now._
+
+=Soy operario de los talleres hace ya una semana.=
+
+--LOS QUINTERO.
+
+(_a_) The phrases _well, now_, and _now, then_, may be rendered
+=ahora bien=. The exclamatory phrase _come, now!_ is expressed
+=¡vamos!=, =¡vaya!=, or =¡ea!=
+
+_Come now, Antonio dear, a little patience!_
+
+=¡Ea, Antoñito, un poco de paciencia!=--TOMAYO Y BAUS.
+
+_Come now! Tell me everything. I am your friend._
+
+=¡Vamos! Confíemelo todo. Yo soy su amiga.=
+
+--MARIANO JOSÉ DE LARRA.
+
+(_b_) _Now ... now ..._ is translated =ya ... ya ...= or =ora ... ora ...=.
+
+_Now it was too hot, now it was too cold for him._
+
+=Ya hacía demasiado calor, ya demasiado frío.=
+
+_Note._--The phrase _from now on_ is translated de =aquí en adelante=.
+
+
+=41.= English _about_ as a preposition meaning _of_ is translated =de=;
+meaning _in regard to_ or _concerning_ it is rendered =acerca de=; meaning
+_almost_, _nearly_, _in the neighborhood of_ it is =cerca de= or =más o
+menos=.
+
+_What are you talking about?_
+
+=¿De qué habla usted?=
+
+_I have to write to him about that matter._
+
+=Tengo que escribirle acerca de ese asunto.=
+
+_I have about a hundred._
+
+=Tengo cerca de ciento= (=ciento más o menos=).
+
+
+=42.= _To be about to_ is rendered =estar al punto de= or =estar para=.
+
+_When we arrived, the others were about to leave._
+
+=Al llegar nosotros, estaban los otros para salir.=
+
+
+=43.= The verb _to feel_ meaning _to experience_, _perceive_ is rendered
+=sentir=; meaning _to be of the opinion_, _think_ it is rendered
+=pensar=, =ser de la opinion=, =parecerle a uno=; meaning _to have the
+feeling of_ it is rendered =ser ... al tacto=; meaning _to touch_ it is
+=palpar= or =tentar=.
+
+_I feel for this man a tremendous interest._
+
+=Siento por este hombre un interés tremendo.=
+
+--PÉREZ GALDÓS.
+
+_Do you feel ill? Just a little pain._
+
+=¿Te sientes malo? Un dolorcillo, nada más.=
+
+--TOMAYO Y BAUS.
+
+_Well, I feel that it would be better to return now._
+
+=Pues, a mí me parece que sería mejor volver ahora.=
+
+_What's in this bag? It is something that feels hard._
+
+=¿Qué hay en este saco? Es algo que es muy duro al tacto.=
+
+_Feel this. It's too hard, isn't it?_
+
+=Palpe= (=Tiente=) =éste. Es demasiado duro, ¿no?=
+
+
+=44.= =EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. Ahora tengo ganas de bailar. 2. Pero ya no ha de ir usted,
+¿verdad? 3. Por desgracia ya me quedan pocos. 4. De aquí en adelante se
+ha de trocar mi adversa fortuna en próspera. 5. Palpaba su chaqueta para
+ver si estaba mojada. 6. Me gusta mucho esta tela. Es muy blanda al
+tacto. 7. Eran cerca de las ocho cuando oimos sonar una campana. 8. Ya
+es hora de acabar. 9. Los viejos sienten el frío. 10. Ya lo vi y ya
+desapareció de nuevo.
+
+(_b_) 1. He feels better now. It's not necessary to call the doctor. 2.
+Do you want to see them? Well, they have come now. 3. He has about two
+hundred books in his library. 4. Come now! You know what I told you just
+now (see Section 24 (_c_)). 5. Feel his hands. How cold they are! 6. It
+was about six o'clock when we felt the first shock of the earthquake. 7.
+He was feeling his way (_to feel one's way_, =andar a tientas=) in the
+dark corridor. 8. We do not feel safe here, but father feels that it
+would be foolish to go out just now.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON XVI
+
+_Hacer bien a los villanos es echar agua en la mar_.[16]
+
+--CERVANTES.
+
+
+=45.= English _will_ as an auxiliary has two meanings. As denoting simple
+futurity it is in Spanish included in the future form of the verb. As a
+synonym of _to want to_, _will_ is translated by the present tense of
+the verb =querer=.
+
+_They will get here to-morrow and then I will tell them._
+
+=Llegarán mañana y se lo diré entonces.=
+
+_I will tell it to as many as (all who) will listen to me._
+
+=Lo diré a cuantos quieran oirme=.--TOMAYO Y BAUS.
+
+_Note._--In case of doubt substitute _is going to_ or _wants to_
+for _will_. If the former keeps the sense, use the future tense; if
+the latter, use =querer=.
+
+(_a_) _Shall_, denoting simple futurity, is included in the future
+tense.
+
+_I shall not be able to come. Shall you be here?_
+
+=Yo no podré venir. ¿Estará usted aquí?=
+
+Expressing determination on the part of the speaker, _shall_ must
+be translated by a clause or by =deber= with the infinitive.
+
+_You say he has stolen your bicycle? Well, he shall return it at
+once._
+
+=¿Dice Vd. que se le ha robado su bicicleta? Pues, yo haré que se la
+devuelva en seguida=, or =debe devolverla=.
+
+
+=46=. The word _all_, commonly translated =todo=, has many different
+translations which should be learned in the phrases in which they occur.
+Of these the commonest are: _all at once_, _all of a sudden_, =de
+repente=; _all right_, =bueno=, =bien=, =está bien=; _all alone_,
+=solo=, =solito=; _first of all_, =en primer lugar=, =ante todo=; _not
+at all_, =de ningún modo=, =no hay de que= (an expression of courtesy in
+reply to the person who says _thank you_); _all over_ (_everywhere_),
+=por todas partes=.
+
+(_a_) _All that_ or _all the ... that_ may be translated literally
+=todo lo que= or =todos los ...= but they are frequently rendered by
+=cuanto= and =cuantos=.
+
+_Up to now I did all that was in my power for you._
+
+=Hasta ahora hice cuanto estaba en mis manos por vosotros.=
+
+--PALACIO VALDÉS.
+
+_I have at my disposal all the money that I may need._
+
+=Tengo a mi disposición cuanto dinero pueda necesitar.=
+
+--PÉREZ GALDÓS.
+
+_I am very much obliged to you. Not at all, sir, not at all._
+
+=Le estoy muy agradecido a usted. No hay de que, señor, no hay de que.=
+
+Note also the phrase _it's all the same_ (_it makes no difference_), =lo
+mismo da=.
+
+
+=47.= =EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. No es de ningún modo lo que se llama hombre rico. 2. Ya es
+tarde. Tendrá ganas de marcharse. 3. Al decirme la señora "Muchas
+gracias," yo respondí "No hay de que, señora." 4. Le hemos convidado a
+acompañarnos, pero no quiere venir. 5. Vendrá mañana y le prometemos a
+usted que haremos que vuelva en seguida. 6. No queremos dejarte solo
+solito. Ven tú también. 7. No quiere callarse, pero lo mismo da. No le
+hacemos caso. 8. De repente se puso a buscarlo por todas partes de la
+casa. 9. En primer lugar debe devolver todo lo que necesita usted, ante
+(_above_) todo los cuadernos. 10. Vamos a ver. ¿Está bien la cuenta?
+
+(_b_) 1. Is that all you have to do? Well, I'm going to look for another
+job for you. 2. He says he won't stay here all alone. 3. Is your letter
+written? Well, my son shall take it to the post-office with mine. 4.
+There will be a masked ball this evening. Shall you go? 5. What shall I
+tell them? Tell them that we shall not send the things till they ask for
+them. 6. All right. Tell me when it is all over (_to be all over_,
+=acabarse=). 7. He will give you all you want if you ask him for it. 8. I
+have already asked him many times, but he will not listen to me. 9. All
+the brothers I have are older than I am. 10. Well, since they say they
+will not do it, I shall have to do it myself.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON XVII
+
+ _Es difícil salvar a quien no quiere salvarse de ningún modo._[17]
+
+--BENAVENTE.
+
+
+=48.= The word _way_ meaning _road_ is translated =camino=; meaning _manner_
+or _mode_ it is rendered =manera= or =modo=.
+
+_Our sailor was on the way to become rich._
+
+=Nuestro marinero estaba en camino de hacerse rico.=
+
+--PALACIO VALDÉS.
+
+_Don't talk to me in that way if you don't want to make me cry._
+
+=No me hables de este modo si no quieres hacerme llorar.=
+
+--TOMAYO Y BAUS.
+
+(_a_) _This way_ and _that way_ indicating direction are rendered
+=por aquí= and =por allí=.
+
+_At any rate_ (_any way_) _I shall come this way to see your
+nephew._
+
+=De todos modos pasaré por aquí para ver a su sobrino.=
+
+--RAMOS CARRIÓN.
+
+When strongly demonstrative _this way_ and _that way_ are rendered =así=,
+_thus_:
+
+_Do you want me to do it this way or that way?_
+
+=¿Quiere usted que yo lo haga así o así?=
+
+(_b_) _My way_, _your way_, etc., meaning _as I do it_, _as you do it_,
+are rendered =como lo hago yo=, =como lo hace usted=, etc.
+
+_To do it your way I should need more time._
+
+=Para hacerlo como lo hace usted yo necesitaría más tiempo.=
+
+(_c_) To have one's own way is translated =hacer su voluntad= or =hacer
+como quiere uno=.
+
+_You don't want to do it? Well, have your own way._
+
+=¿No quieres hacerlo? Bueno, haz tu voluntad.=
+
+_They spoil her by letting her have her own way all the time._
+
+=La miman dejándola hacer como quiere todo el tiempo.=
+
+
+=49.= The adjective _hard_ is rendered =duro= when it means _not soft_;
+=difícil=, when it means _not easy_. As an adverb meaning _vigorously_,
+_energetically_, _diligently_, it should be rendered by the Spanish
+adverb that fits best in the sentence. So, _to study hard_ (diligently);
+_to blow hard_ (strongly); _to work hard_ (diligently _or_ much); _to
+think hard_ (deeply, intently).
+
+_This bread is so hard that it is hard to cut it._
+
+=Este pan es tan duro que es difícil cortarlo.=
+
+_The wind blew hard all night._
+
+=El viento sopló fuertemente toda la noche.=
+
+_You will have to study harder if you want to pass._
+
+=Tendrá Vd. que estudiar más diligentemente si quiere ser promovido.=
+
+_He has had to work hard all his life._
+
+=Ha tenido que trabajar mucho toda la vida.=
+
+
+=50.= The verb _to give_ is generally =dar=, but it has many idiomatic
+translations. So, _to give back_ (return), =devolver=; _to give in_ or
+_give up_ (consent, yield), =consentir=, =ceder=, =rendir=; _to give up_
+(renounce), =renunciar=; _to give out_ (publish; fail), =publicar=;
+=acabarse=, =concluirse=.
+
+_And now give me something to eat._
+
+=Y ahora dame algo que comer.=--RAMOS CARRIÓN.
+
+_This man never gives in._
+
+=Este hombre no se rinde nunca.=--PÉREZ GALDÓS.
+
+_After walking a very short distance, her strength gave out._
+
+=Después de andar muy corta distancia, se le acabaron las fuerzas.=
+
+
+=51.= =EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. Se lo devolví ayer. 2. Primero se acabó la harina y después al
+azúcar. 3. Se proclamó (publicó, anunció) que la reunión se verificaría
+aquel mismo día. 4. Estaba cansado de tanto correr. 5. Habrá que
+renunciar todo eso si quiere tener éxito. 6. Vamos por allí. Es más
+corto el camino. 7. Quiere descansar después de tanto trabajar. 8. De
+este modo nunca llegaremos. 9. Hemos hecho lo posible para persuadirles,
+pero no quieren ceder.
+
+(_b_) 1. If he does it, he will have to do it my way. 2. They have not
+yet given out the names of the committee. 3. My ink gave out and I had
+to use a pencil. 4. If you write it that way, it will be hard to read
+it. 5. He gave up his family for his country. 6. Well, I expect to have
+my own way in regard to this matter. 7. We took the longest way to get
+home. 8. In that way you will never get to where you want to go. 9. Come
+here! Don't get excited in that way. 10. It's raining hard now; if it
+doesn't stop soon, it will be hard to get home. 11. It's hard work for
+me to believe that (say, _it costs me work_).
+
+
+
+
+LESSON XVIII
+
+_Yo nunca tengo miedo cuando hago lo que debo._[18]
+
+--ECHEGARAY.
+
+
+=52.= The verb _to think_ in the sense of _to reflect_ or _intend_ is
+=pensar= (=en=). As a synonym of _to believe_ it is =creer=. Where _it seems
+to me_, _to him_, etc., may be substituted for _I think_, _he thinks_,
+etc., the verb =parecer= in the third person is used, the English subject
+becoming the Spanish indirect object.
+
+_You will not think of returning to Salamanca to-day._
+
+=Usted no pensará en regresar a Salamanca hoy.=
+
+--RAMOS CARRIÓN.
+
+_Do you think I didn't understand?_
+
+=¿Cree usted que yo no lo he comprendido?=
+
+--JOSÉ MARMÓL.
+
+_Sir, I think you have dropped something._
+
+=Caballero, me parece que se le ha caído algo.=
+
+--EMILIA PARDO BAZÁN.
+
+
+=53.= The verb _to make_ in its simplest use is rendered =hacer=. It has,
+however, a very large number of idiomatic uses that call for other
+translations. Of these, some of the commonest are: _to make haste_,
+=darse prisa=; _to make fun of_, =burlarse de=, =mofárse de=; _to make the
+acquaintance of_, =conocer=; _to make up one's mind_, =decidirse=,
+=resolverse=, or, in the perfect tenses, =tener determinado=.
+
+_The machinery was making so much noise that we could not hear what he
+said._
+
+=Hacía tanto ruido la maquinaria que no podíamos oír lo que dijo.=
+
+_Make haste if you don't want to be late._
+
+=Dese prisa si no quiere llegar con retraso.=
+
+_I have come exclusively to make the acquaintance of this young lady._
+
+=He venido exclusivamente por conocer a esta señorita.=
+
+--PÉREZ GALDÓS.
+
+_Her brothers, on the other hand, made fun of her._
+
+=Sus hermanos en cambio se burlaban de ella.=
+
+--BENAVENTE.
+
+_When he makes up his mind to do something he does it, and now he has
+made up his mind not to keep on helping them._
+
+=Cuando se resuelve= (=decide=) =a hacer algo lo hace, y ya tiene determinado
+que no seguirá amparándolos.=
+
+(_a_) _To make up for_ may mean _recuperate_, _compensate_, or
+_recompense_, and in these senses is translated by the cognate
+verbs =recuperar=, =compensar=, =recompensar=.
+
+_The money that he has just received from his father will make up
+for his losses._
+
+=El dinero que acaba de recibir de su padre le compensará por lo
+perdido.=
+
+_I'm sorry I forgot to tell you. How can I make up to you for it?_
+
+=Siento haberme olvidado de decírselo. ¿Cómo puedo recompensárselo?=
+
+
+=54.= =EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. Al pasar por su cuarto la vieron rezando y se burlaron de ella.
+2. ¿Qué le parece mi protegido ya que le conoce usted? 3. Ya tengo
+bastante en que pensar. 4. ¿Le parecen a usted bien las vendas de este
+ancho? 5. ¿No creen ustedes que el trabajar tanto será perjudicial para
+su salud? 6. Dígale que se dé prisa. Ya estamos para partir. 7. Si no se
+mejora en unos días, creo que debemos llamar al médico. 8. ¿Tiene usted
+las manos limpias? Me parece que sí. 9. Le conocí el año pasado en
+Londres. 10. Ya se ha recuperado de sus grandes perdidos.
+
+(_b_) 1. We have all made up our minds not to give away all that we
+possess. 2. Do you think that what I want to do is all right? 3. If you
+don't make haste you will not have the pleasure of making the
+acquaintance of the famous author. 4. We shall have to make up to you
+what you have suffered through our carelessness. 5. We are thinking of
+making up a party to go to the theater to-night. 6. Do you think they
+will go with us if we ask them? 7. They very often quarrel, but they are
+never long in making up. 8. Wait a minute. I think I dropped something.
+9. Who made this? It is very well made, isn't it? 10. They have had
+(=llevado=) a great disappointment, but this kind offer will make up to
+them for it.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON XIX
+
+_Los sabios en su vanidad suelen olvidarse de Dios._[19]
+
+--BENAVENTE.
+
+
+=55.= The verb _to miss_ has two translations. Meaning _to feel the
+absence of_ it is rendered =echar de menos=; meaning _to note the absence
+of_ it is =notar la falta de=. _To be missing_ is translated =faltar=.
+
+_Come! Go at once. Don't let them miss you._
+
+=¡Ea! ¡Vaya pronto! Que no le echen a Vd. de menos.=
+
+--ECHEGARAY.
+
+_When did you miss the things that your servant stole?_
+
+=¿Cuándo ha notado usted la falta de las cosas que le robó su criado?=
+
+_If I were missing, it is possible that the King might suspect._
+
+=Si yo faltara, es posible que el Rey sospechara.=
+
+--NUÑEZ DE ARCE.
+
+_One single boat was missing and that was not to come._
+
+=Faltaba una sola lancha y ésta no había de llegar.=
+
+--PALACIO VALDÉS.
+
+
+=56.= In English, emphasis is usually expressed by additional stress on
+the word to be emphasized. In Spanish this is not so common, emphasis
+being more generally expressed by the use of some emphatic word with the
+word to be emphasized. Such words are =¡vaya!=, =¡toma!=, =¡mira!=, =sí, sí=.
+
+_Let money talk, I said. And it did talk._
+
+=Hable el dinero, dije. ¡Y toma si habló!=
+
+--MARIANO JOSÉ DE LARRA.
+
+_Nobody knows it, nobody! But I know it._
+
+=Nadie lo sabe, nadie. Pero yo sí lo sé.=--MARTÍNEZ SIERRA.
+
+_What an ovation she received!_
+
+=¡Vaya si ha recibido una ovación!=--LOS QUINTERO.
+
+_Do you remember? Do I remember!_
+
+=¿Se acuerda usted? ¡(Vaya) si me acuerdo!=
+
+--LOS QUINTERO.
+
+_You are good! You are an angel!_
+
+=¡Tú sí que eres buena! ¡Tú sí que eres un ángel!=
+
+--TOMAYO Y BAUS.
+
+Emphasis in a negative sentence may be expressed by repeating the
+negative =no= at the end of the sentence or by using the phrase =eso no= at
+the end.
+
+_She hasn't stolen anything from me._
+
+=No me ha robado nada, eso no.=--LOS QUINTERO.
+
+_The journey didn't tire me._
+
+=El viaje no me cansó, eso no.=
+
+_I will not let him go, I tell you._
+
+=No le dejaré ir, te digo, que no.=
+
+(_a_) Personal pronouns in the nominative case are usually omitted.
+When emphasized, they must be expressed.
+
+_I'll help you if I have time._
+
+=Te ayudaré si tengo el tiempo.=
+
+_I would help you if I had time._
+
+=Yo te ayudaría si tuviera el tiempo.=
+
+In the objective case these pronouns are emphasized by adding the
+disjunctive, or prepositional, form of the pronoun to the sentence.
+
+_You may say all you want to to me, but don't insult him._
+
+=A mí puede Vd. decirme cuanto quiera, pero no le ofenda a él.=
+
+--PÉREZ GALDÓS.
+
+(_b_) To assert emphatic belief in a statement the expressions =¡ya lo
+creo!=, =¡cómo no!=, =sí, por cierto=, are used. Equivalent expressions in
+the negative form are =¡de ningún modó!=, =¡no, por cierto!=
+
+_He's coming at once, isn't he? Yes, indeed_ (_certainly_; _why, of
+course_).
+
+=Viene en seguida, ¿no? ¡Ya lo creo!=--ECHEGARAY.
+
+_He's coming with us, isn't he? No, indeed._
+
+=Va a acompañarnos a nosotros, ¿no? No, por cierto.=
+
+
+=57.= =EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. _I_ won't do that. 2. _What_ a pretty flower! 3. You _won't_ do
+that! 4. That _is_ good. 5. Will he _come_? I should say so! 6. Shall I
+give it to _you_? 7. No, give it to _them_. 8. He hasn't missed the
+money yet. 9. I miss all the good friends who used to live near me. 10.
+I don't know _him_, but I _do_ know his brother. 11. Is that door open?
+I don't know, but I _do_ know that I am cold. 12. My, but this lesson is
+hard! 13. Do you want it now? Certainly. 14. _There's_ a pretty house!
+15. They say they miss us at home. 16. I miss three of my books (_say,
+three of my books are missing to me_). 17. Do you want to go with _her_?
+I certainly do. 18. I _shall_ miss _you_, but _not_ the others. 19.
+There is something missing here and _you_ know what it is. 20. I do
+_not_ know.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON XX
+
+_El topo no ve en lo que profundiza, pero el hombre, sí._[20]
+
+--ECHEGARAY.
+
+
+=58.= =REVIEW EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. _Let's_ prepare for the worst. 2. _Let's go._ We mustn't _let_
+our presence here excite suspicion. 3. _Come now!_ you ought to have
+more sense. 4. The man of whom we were speaking is here _now_. 5. _All
+right._ But I can't see him _just now_. 6. _Come, come!_ _Leave_ me in
+peace. 7. _Look at_ the fire! _Now_ it seems that it is dying out
+(=morirse=), _now_ it flames up (=alzar=) again. 8. You ought to _know now_
+that they were deceiving you. 9. Water the flower beds _first of all_.
+10. I paid my creditors and now I can _leave_ the house without fear.
+
+(_b_) 1. _How long_ have you _felt_ ill? 2. _Shall_ I take this away?
+No, _leave_ it. _I'll_ eat it. 3. He _shall_ eat nothing. I _will_ see
+to that. 4. Has he hurt himself? _Not at all._ 5. He _shall_ not _leave_
+the house if he _will_ not tell me what he has done. 6. On the table
+were _left_ only the knives, forks, and spoons. 7. Provided their
+strength does not _give out_, they will continue their journey to-day.
+8. _Think_ well before you speak. 9. She has _made up her mind_ to
+_keep_ you in this afternoon. 10. Do you _think_ this lesson is hard?
+
+_Note._--In the exercises above the italics indicate words which
+require especial care in translating. In Exercise C the italics
+indicate emphasis.
+
+(_c_) 1. They _don't_ miss him, but they _do_ miss her. 2. The
+_electric_ light has gone out, but the lamp hasn't. 3. Do I think of
+them? Indeed I _do_ think of them! 4. He has never written such a letter
+to _me_. 5. I _feel_ ill, but I shall not call the doctor. 6. _That's_
+not what I was talking about. 7. I _won't_ do it for _him_! 8. Why, they
+are going to leave it _here_! 9. I _don't_ want to go! 10. He _won't_
+make haste.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON XXI
+
+_La buena música es como una espuela de las ideas perezosas._[21]
+
+--PÉREZ GALDÓS.
+
+
+=59.= English _time_ has various translations. Meaning _time of day_ it is
+=hora=.
+
+_When it came time to go to bed he went toward the room._
+
+=Cuando llegó la hora de acostarse fué hacia el cuarto.=
+
+--PALACIO VALDÉS.
+
+_At this time of day_ and _at this time of night_ are translated =a estas
+horas=.
+
+_I wonder where Elise is going at this time of night?_
+
+=¿Adónde irá Elisa a estas horas?=--PALACIO VALDÉS.
+
+(_a_) Denoting one _time_ of a series, _time_ is always =vez=.
+
+_Every time it rains the sky sows diamonds._
+
+=Cada vez que llueve el cielo siembra diamantes.=--CAMPOAMOR.
+
+(_b_) Denoting a _period_ of time or _length_ of time the word is
+translated =tiempo=.
+
+_This church has been here since the most remote times._
+
+=Esta iglesia se halla aquí desde los tiempos más remotos.=
+
+_In this house I lose the idea of time._
+
+=En esta casa pierdo la noción del tiempo.=--ECHEGARAY.
+
+
+=60.= _Time_ occurs also in many idiomatic adverbial phrases. The
+commonest of these are _from time to time_, =de vez en= =cuando=, =de cuando
+en cuando=; _from this time on_, =de hoy en adelante=, =de aquí en adelante=;
+_from that time on_, =de ahí en adelante=; _time after time_, _time and
+time again_, =una que otra vez=.
+
+_He agreed to return from time to time._
+
+=Se quedó en volver de cuando en cuando.=
+
+--EMILIA PARDO BAZÁN.
+
+_From time to time he stopped for a few minutes._
+
+=De vez en cuando se detenía algunos instantes.=
+
+--PALACIO VALDÉS.
+
+_Note._--=De cuando en cuando= and =de vez en cuando= translate also
+the English adverbial idioms _every now and then_ or _every once in
+a while_.
+
+
+=61.= The verb _to like_ meaning _to be fond of_ (persons) is generally
+translated =querer=, but sometimes =gustar= is used. _To like_ (things) is
+=gustar=.
+
+_We don't like our new neighbors very well._
+
+=No queremos mucho a nuestros nuevos vecinos.=
+
+_I don't like this house as well as I did the other._
+
+=No me gusta esta casa tanto como me gustó la otra.=
+
+_He will like these. Let's see if there are any more here._
+
+=Estos le gustarán. A ver si hay más por aquí.=
+
+--RAMOS CARRIÓN.
+
+_Note._--Though the verb =gustar= may be used in the regular way with
+a personal subject, it is more commonly used as in these examples,
+the _thing_ being considered as the subject and the person as the
+indirect object. Cf. 51, note.
+
+(_a_) _Like_ used as a preposition of manner is translated =como= or
+=cual=.
+
+_The girl is charming, like her mother._
+
+=La niña es, cual su madre, encantadora.=--CAMPOAMOR.
+
+_This boy sings like a bird._
+
+=Este muchacho canta como un pájaro.=
+
+(_b_) _To feel like_ in the sense of _to want_, _desire_, is
+translated =tener ganas de= with the infinitive.
+
+_I don't feel like going to-day._
+
+=No tengo ganas de ir hoy.=
+
+_(c)_ In questions _what's ... like_ is translated =¿qué tal ...?=
+
+_What's the new professor like?_
+
+=¿Qué tal el nuevo profesor?=
+
+_Look at me.--I'm looking.--Well, what do I look like to you?_
+
+=Mírame.--Te miro.--Bueno, ¿qué tal te parezco?=
+
+--TOMAYO Y BAUS.
+
+
+=62.= =EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. ¿Cuáles le gustan más, éstos o aquéllos? 2. Hay tiempo para
+todo. 3. Unas veces le trata usted bien y otras veces mal. 4. Hace
+tiempo que noto eso. 5. De aquí en adelante necesitaremos más tiempo. 6.
+De vez en cuando me habló. 7. Una que otra vez bajaban al manantial. 8.
+Ya es hora de irnos, si no queremos llegar con retraso. 9. No me gusta
+escribir con plumatintero. 10. Quiere mucho a todos sus maestros. 11.
+¿Qué tal el tiempo en aquella región? A mí no me gusta un clima frío.
+
+(_b_) 1. I don't like this song, I'm not going to learn it. 2. This time
+I'm sure you will like what I have brought you. 3. At that time there
+was only one school in the town. 4. I get letters from them from time to
+time. 5. I asked him what the new play was like and he said it was very
+interesting. 6. She had on a big hat that was like a bee-hive. 7. Every
+time I see him he talks like that (_in that way_). 8. The river
+encircles the city like a silver chain. 9. What time does the train
+arrive? Isn't it time to go to the station? 10. Well, _I_ don't like
+your new dress. It looks like (=parecer=) an old lady's dress.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON XXII
+
+_En cosas de fe, para ver claro hay que ser ciego._[22]
+
+--CAMPOAMOR.
+
+
+=63.= _Very_ as an adverb is =muy=. As an adjective it is =mismo=, =-a=.
+When it stands alone it is =mucho=. _Very much_ is always =mucho= or
+=muchísimo=.
+
+_He was a very intelligent man, fortunate in his mining business._
+
+=Era hombre muy inteligente, afortunado en su comercio de minas.=--PÉREZ
+GALDÓS.
+
+_This very afternoon I will go to his house._
+
+=Esta misma tarde iré a su casa.=--LOS QUINTERO.
+
+_"I shall be very glad," she said with a smile._
+
+=Me alegraré mucho,--dijo con una sonrisa.=--JUAN VALERA.
+
+_It would be very much better to leave it for the present._
+
+=Sería muchísimo mejor dejarlo por lo pronto.=
+
+(_a_) Emphatic _very_ is often translated by the suffixes =-ísimo=
+and =-ito=.
+
+_There did not appear to be any internal injury, but he did have a
+very high fever._
+
+=Lesión interior no parecía que hubiese, pero sí tenía fievre
+altísima.=
+
+--EMILIA PARDO BAZÁN.
+
+_She fell ill, very_, VERY _ill. The doctor said she was going to die._
+
+=Se puso mala, muy malita. El médico dijo que iba a morir.=
+
+--MARTÍNEZ SIERRA.
+
+
+=64.= The verb _to play_ is translated =jugar a= when it means _to play
+games_ or _take a part in a drama_. _To play instruments_ is rendered
+=tocar=.
+
+_The children were playing in the street. They were playing ball._
+
+=Los niños jugaban en la calle. Jugaban a la pelota.=
+
+_And the woman, what part does_ SHE _play in all this?_
+
+=Y la mujer, ¿qué papel juega ella en todo ello?=
+
+--EMILIA PARDO BAZÁN.
+
+_Go and play the piano so that these gentlemen may hear you._
+
+=Vete a tocar el píano para que estos señores te oigan.=
+
+--PÉREZ GALDÓS.
+
+
+=65.= The verb _to need_ is rendered either =necesitar=, =hacer falta=, or
+=faltar=.
+
+_What this boy needs is the pure air of the country._
+
+=Lo que le hace falta a ese muchacho es el aire puro del campo.=--RAMOS
+CARRIÓN.
+
+_I do not need to inform you that first I asked for the other one._
+
+=No necesito advertirle a Vd. que primero pedí la otra.=
+
+--PALACIO VALDÉS.
+
+_The tea isn't needed now. You may take it away._
+
+=Ya no hace falta el té. Puede Ud. llevárselo.=
+
+--RAMOS CARRIÓN.
+
+_Less than this was necessary to satisfy the hearers._
+
+=Menos de eso se necesitaba para satisfacer los oyentes.=
+
+--EMILIA PARDO BAZÁN.
+
+Note the order in the first example and compare with Sections 51, note,
+and 60.
+
+
+=66.= =EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. A él no le hace falta (no le falta) mucho, pero a mí me hacen
+falta (me faltan) muchas cosas. 2. Necesito un hombre que cuide de los
+caballos. 3. Su casa es muchísimo más grande que la nuestra. 4. ¿Quién
+ha jugado (_or_ hecho) el papel de Shylock en la representación de
+anoche? 5. Tan cansaditos estaban que se acostaron en cuanto llegaron.
+6. Llévatelo, que a mí no me hace ninguna falta. 7. Los ví esta misma
+mañana. Parecían contentísimos. 8. En la casa siempre hay que hablar
+quedito porque siempre hay alguien que está durmiendo. 9. Tomó en la
+suya la manecita. La temperatura estaba altísima. 10. Lo primero que
+hace falta para querer es el corazón.
+
+(_b_) 1. You do not need to tell me that. I know it already. 2. I heard
+somebody playing the violin. 3. That is the very book I need. Will you
+lend it to me? 4. She needs a nurse to take care of the children. 5.
+(Be) very, very quiet! Mother's asleep. 6. I _do_ like that penknife,
+but I don't need one. 7. The street is very long and very, very narrow.
+8. The little girls are _very_ pretty. My little daughter likes to play
+with them. 9. The last time they were here they gave me many things that
+I needed. 10. Are they satisfied with (=de=) what you have sent them? Oh,
+yes, very.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON XXIII
+
+_Debe estar el valor de acuerdo con la prudencia._[23]
+
+--NUÑEZ DE ARCE.
+
+
+=67.= The verb _to please_ meaning _to give pleasure to_ is rendered
+=agradar a=; meaning _to satisfy_ it is translated =contentar=; meaning _to
+want to_, _be willing to_ it is usually rendered =querer=, though it may
+be translated as in (_a_).
+
+_It pleased him very much to hear that we had arrived safe and sound._
+
+=Le agradó muchísimo saber que habíamos llegado salvo y sano.=
+
+_Do what I may I never manage to please her._
+
+=Haga lo que hiciere nunca logro contentarla.=
+
+_Ask him if he will please come and help me._
+
+=Pregúntele si quiere venir a ayudarme.=
+
+(_a_) _Please_ used in the imperative is translated by one of the
+following expressions: =haga el favor de=, =tenga la bondad de=;
+=sírvase=. Of these the first two are considered the more formally
+courteous. All are followed by the infinitive.
+
+_Please be quiet._
+
+=Hágame el favor de callar.=--PALACIO VALDÉS.
+
+_Waiter, please open the window._
+
+=Mozo, sírvase abrir la ventana.=
+
+_Note._--In curter familiar speech, the word =favor= alone may be
+used.
+
+_Please answer at once._
+
+=Favor de contestar en seguida.=
+
+
+=68.= The verb _to mean_, signifying _to intend_, is rendered =tener la
+intención de= or =proponerse=.
+
+_He means to finish the work without any one's helping him._
+
+=Se propone= (=tiene la intención de=) =acabar el trabajo sin que nadie le
+ayude.=
+
+(_a_) In the sense of _to wish to say_, _mean_ is translated =querer
+decir=.
+
+_What does this word mean?_
+
+=¿Qué quiere decir esta palabra?=
+
+When _I mean_ introduces a qualifying phrase, it is often rendered
+=digo=, _I say_.
+
+_They call her little Pilar. I wish they'd call me little Pilar--I
+mean, little Antonio._
+
+=La llaman Pilarcita. ¡Si me llamasen a mí Pilarcita--digo,
+Antoñito!=
+
+--ECHEGARAY.
+
+(_b_) _Not to mean to do something_ is generally rendered by =hacer algo
+sin querer=.
+
+_I'm sorry I broke the window. I didn't mean to._
+
+=Yo siento haber quebrado el vidriero. Lo he hecho sin querer.=
+
+(_c_) _To mean_ in the sense of _to dare_ is rendered =atreverse=.
+
+_What do you mean by talking to me in that way?_
+
+=¿Cómo se atreve Vd. hablarme de esta manera?=
+
+
+=69.= _Without_ is translated =sin=, except when it introduces a verbal noun
+in _-ing_, modified by a possessive. In this case, _without_ is rendered
+by the conjunction =sin que=, the English verbal noun becomes in Spanish a
+verb in the subjunctive mode and its possessive modifier becomes the
+subject of the clause.
+
+_He went away without looking at her and without her looking at him._
+
+=Se marchó sin mirarla y sin que ella le mirara a él.=
+
+--BLASCO IBÁÑEZ.
+
+_I won't go without saying good-by to you._
+
+=No iré sin decirte adios.=--PÉREZ GALDÓS.
+
+
+=70.= =EXERCISES=
+
+(=a=) 1. Dígales que hagan el favor de pasar a la sala. 2. ¿Quiere Vd.
+hacerme el favor de plancharme este traje? 3. Sírvase Vd. decir al señor
+que yo le espero en mi despacho. 4. La representación nos ha agradado
+muchísimo. 5. ¡Vaya un tonto! ¿Tendrá la intención de quedar aquí? 6.
+Sabe tocar el violin, digo, el piano. 7. ¡Este sí que la contentará! 8.
+No debes llorar sin que yo sepa porqué lloras. 9. Mientras llueve no
+salimos sin paraguas. 10. No salgas sin que yo te dé permiso.
+
+(_b_) 1. Please tell him that I'm waiting for him. 2. Do you think this
+will please him? 3. Don't go without me, please. 4. What do you mean by
+eating all the candy! 5. It will be impossible for us to go without
+their seeing us. 6. They have three daughters, I mean, two daughters and
+one son. 7. Please come as soon as you can if you can come without
+bringing the others. 8. I didn't mean to do that; please forgive me. 9.
+He means that if you mean to do that without your father's knowing it
+you will have to hurry. 10. He wrote without thinking that it was
+impossible for him to write without my knowing it.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON XXIV
+
+_Cuando empiezan las manos, las lenguas suelen callar._[24]
+
+--JUAN VALERA.
+
+
+=71.= The word _only_ is both adjective and adverb. As an adjective it is
+in Spanish =único=. (Cf. English _unique_.)
+
+_You are the only person in whom I can confide._
+
+=Tu eres la única persona a quien puedo confiar.=
+
+--RAMOS CARRIÓN.
+
+
+(_a_) _The only thing_ (_fact_) is rendered =lo único=.
+
+_The only thing she knew was that he had taken that train._
+
+=Lo único que sabía era que había tomado aquel tren.=
+
+--BLASCO IBÁÑEZ.
+
+(_b_) As an adverb _only_ is rendered =sólo=, =solamente=, or, modifying
+expressions of quantity, =no más ... que= (=de= before numbers). For the
+order of the phrase in the sentence, see the examples.
+
+_If I only had what my father gave me, I shouldn't have enough to pay
+the baker._
+
+=Si sólo tuviera lo que me da el padre, no tendría para pagar al
+panadero.=
+
+--BLASCO IBÁÑEZ.
+
+_They saw only soldiers on the platforms._
+
+=Veían sólo soldados en los andenes.=--BLASCO IBÁÑEZ.
+
+_I have only three._ (_I have but three. I have just three._)
+
+=Tengo solo tres.= (=Tengo tres solamente. Tengo tres, nada más. No tengo
+más de tres.=)
+
+(_c_) _If only_, expressing a wish contrary to fact, is rendered =ojalá=
+with imperfect or pluperfect subjunctive.
+
+_If only he were here._
+
+=¡Ojalá que estuviera aquí!=
+
+
+=72.= =Solo= without the accent means _alone_, or _single_.
+
+_The other compartment was occupied by a single man._
+
+=El otro compartamento estaba ocupado por un hombre solo.=
+
+--BLASCO IBÁÑEZ.
+
+_Bernard loves me alone and I love only him._
+
+=Bernardo me quiere a mí sola y yo quiero sólo a él.=
+
+--ECHEGARAY.
+
+(_a_) _Alone_ (_with_) is often rendered =a solas= (=con=).
+
+_Alone, I weep much and am fearfully sorry for myself._
+
+=A solás lloro mucho y tengo compasión atroz de mí mismo.=
+
+--ECHEGARAY.
+
+_We left him alone with his conscience._
+
+=Le dejamos a solas con su conciencia.=--EMILIA PARDO BAZÁN.
+
+
+=73.= The verb _to hear_ is =oír= when actual hearing is meant. Sometimes
+=sentir= is used in the same sense.
+
+_I put my ear to the lock and heard voices and laughter._
+
+=Pegué el oído a la cerradura y oí voces y risas.=
+
+--PALACIO VALDÉS.
+
+_Scarcely did she hear the noise and see us, when she got up._
+
+=No bien sintió el ruido y nos vió, se levantó.=--JUAN VALERA.
+
+_(a)_ When _to hear_ has the force of _to find out_, _learn_, it is
+rendered =saber=.
+
+_You have heard from my father how much these orchards please me._
+
+=Ha sabido por mi padre lo mucho que me gustan estas huertas.=
+
+--JUAN VALERA.
+
+
+=74.= =EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. Yo no puedo trasnochar. Es lo único que me hace daño. 2. Un día
+le vieron solo y se acercaron para hablarle. 3. Hablaba a solas con el
+Argentino. 4. Sólo de oirle se puso más animado. 5. Supe por mi hermano
+que ustedes asistieron al teatro anoche. 6. Solo aquel hombre podría
+adquirir tanto dinero en tan poco tiempo. 7. El tío que había sido el
+único apoyo de la familia acababa de morir. 8. ¡Déjele a este niño!
+¿Por qué se burla usted de él? 9. Hay solamente tres aquí. ¿Tres, nada
+más?
+
+(_b_) 1. He alone knew what had been done for them. 2. I have heard from
+home only once this week. 3. He has many books in his library, but only
+a few are good. 4. I think I hear a child crying. Well, it's only the
+children playing in the yard. 5. Leave the room. I want to speak with
+your brother alone. 6. We heard something like a groan, but I think it
+was only the wind. 7. Did you hear what happened this morning? You
+didn't? (=¿no?=) Well, I meant to tell you when we were alone. 8. We drink
+only water. 9. The lesson wasn't hard. It was only that I didn't have
+much time. 10. This is the only time that I have been able to see you
+alone.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON XXV
+
+_El miedo hace esclavos. La esclavitud hace rebeldes._[25]
+
+--TOMAYO Y BAUS.
+
+
+=75.= English _right_ as a noun indicating that which is legal, or
+permissible, is translated =derecho=.
+
+_I haven't the right to take it away with me._
+
+=No tengo el derecho de llevármelo.=
+
+(_a_) _To be right_ as the opposite of _to be wrong_ or _mistaken_
+is rendered =tener razón=; meaning _to be just_ it is =ser justo=.
+
+_Was it right to leave the boy in that deserted place?_
+
+=¿Era justo dejar al muchacho en aquel lugar desierto?=
+
+--EMILIA PARDO BAZÁN.
+
+_Uncle is right. We must send him to Paris._
+
+=Tiene razón el tío. Debemos mandarle a París.=--RAMOS CARRIÓN.
+
+(_b_) As the opposite of _left_, _right_ is =derecho=.
+
+_In her right hand she held a lamp._
+
+=En la mano derecha tenía una lámpara.=
+
+The phrases _on the right_ and _to the right_ are rendered =a la derecha=.
+
+_St. Mark's church is on the right._
+
+=La iglesia de San Marcos se halla a la derecha.=
+
+(_c_) _All right_ is translated =bueno= or =bien=.
+
+_All right, then. I'll give you a dollar for it. That's all right, isn't
+it?_
+
+=Bueno, entonces. Le daré un duro por él. Está bien, ¿no?=
+
+
+=76.= When _duty_ is expressed, English _must_ is translated =deber=. When
+_must_ expresses _what is probably true_, =deber de= is the translation.
+To express _necessity_, =tener que= is used.
+
+_Children must obey their parents._
+
+=Los niños deben obedecer a sus padres.=
+
+_He must have a high opinion of her._
+
+=Debe de tener un alto concepto de ella.=--JUAN VALERA.
+
+_I must go to the city to-day._
+
+=Tengo que ir a la ciudad hoy.=
+
+(_a_) When _must_ is followed by a passive infinitive, =hay que= or
+=ha de= is used with the infinitive. =Hay que= also translates the
+impersonal _one_ (_we_, _you_, _they_, _people_) _must_.
+
+_It mustn't be said that this meeting was in vain._
+
+=No ha de decirse que este encuentro fué en vano.=
+
+--EMILIA PARDO BAZÁN.
+
+_One must talk of that. One must remember that._
+
+=Hay que hablar de eso. Hay que acordarse de eso.=
+
+--FERNÁN CABALLERO.
+
+(_b_) Expressing conjecture or probability _must_ is often translated by
+the future and conditional of the verb which in English is the
+complementary infinitive with _must_. The future translates the present,
+and the conditional the perfect infinitive.
+
+_He must know something about it. He must have worn something._
+
+=Algo sabrá de eso. Algo se pondría.=--LOS QUINTERO.
+
+_It must be because she did it. It must have been that._
+
+=Será porque ella lo haya hecho. Eso sería.=
+
+
+=77.= EXERCISES
+
+(_a_) 1. Llaman a la puerta. Serán ellos. 2. Su hermano debe de ser
+cómplice. 3. La hazaña debió de suceder anoche. 4. No debes llorar sin
+decirme por qué. 5. Ha de perdonarme usted si soy un poco malicioso. 6.
+No hay que apurarse. Estará bueno en un momento. 7. Usted debe de haber
+visto la casa en donde vivo. 8. Debe de ser esa casa blanca a la
+derecha. 9. No hay que esperarlos hoy. Tienen razón en no venir. 10.
+Serían las tres cuando al fin llegaron.
+
+(_b_) 1. I must write a letter to a friend who is ill. 2. That man must
+have a very poor memory. 3. I have brought you a dozen eggs. Is that all
+right? 4. It is not right to tell a child what he must do and not help
+him to do it. 5. On the right of the avenue was (=hallarse=) a beautiful
+park. 6. Look what I have written. It is all right, isn't it? 7. The
+bell rang, didn't it? It must be the postman. 8. It must have been John
+who telephoned me last night. 9. Is this bill right? It must be. It
+seems to be all right. 10. I must telephone him and tell him that it
+must be done before night.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON XXVI
+
+_Santos hay donde menos se piensa._[26]
+
+--PÉREZ GALDÓS.
+
+
+=78.= The verb _to appear_ is rendered =parecer= when the meaning is _to
+seem_; meaning _to put in an appearance_ it is translated =aparecer=,
+=dejarse ver=, =presentarse=, or =asomar=, the last with the idea of _just
+coming into view_.
+
+_He appears to be absolutely tired out._
+
+=Parece estar cansado a más no poder.=
+
+_The moon appears and paints blue shadows._
+
+=Aparece= (=asoma=) =la luna y pinta sombras azules.=
+
+--MARTÍNEZ SIERRA.
+
+_At the same moment the face of the Catalan appeared through the
+window._
+
+=Al mismo momento asomó el rostro del Catalán por la ventana.=
+
+--PALACIO VALDÉS.
+
+_He tried to appear in public as little as possible._
+
+=Procuraba presentarse en pública lo menos posible.=--ALARCÓN.
+
+
+=79.= The verb _to succeed_ is rendered =suceder= when the meaning is _to
+follow_; meaning _to be able to_, _manage to_, it is rendered =lograr=
+with the direct infinitive; in the sense of _to be successful_ it is
+translated =tener éxito=.
+
+_Edward VII. succeeded Queen Victoria._
+
+=Eduardo Séptimo sucedió a la reina Victoria.=
+
+_And so I'm lost if I don't succeed in escaping?_
+
+=¿Conque estoy perdido si no logro escaparme?=--ALARCÓN.
+
+_He'll succeed. Indeed he will!_
+
+=Tendrá éxito. ¡Vaya si lo tendrá!=
+
+
+=80.= The word _even_ used adverbially is =aun= or =hasta=. Used to emphasize
+a noun it is generally =hasta=. _Not even_ is translated =hasta ... no=, or
+=ni= (=siquiera=); and the phrase _even if not_ is =ya que no=.
+
+_The landlady, the tailor, and even the night-watchman can wait._
+
+=La patrona, el sastre, y hasta el sereno pueden esperar.=
+
+--RAMOS CARRIÓN.
+
+_Not even so do I trust him._
+
+=Ni aun así me fío de él.=--GIL Y ZÁRATE.
+
+_I don't want anybody, not even her, to share this sacrifice with me._
+
+=Yo no quiero que nadie, ni siquiera ella, comparta este sacrificio
+conmigo.=--LOS QUINTERO.
+
+_Even if not rich, they are by no means poor._ =Ya que no ricos, no son
+de ningún modo pobres.=
+
+
+=81.= _Toward_ indicating _direction_ is =hacia=. Denoting _inclination_ it
+is rendered =para con=.
+
+_We saw that they were all walking toward the river._
+
+=Vimos que todos caminaban hacia el río.=
+
+_Toward his own children he was always unjust._
+
+=Para con sus propios hijos fué siempre injusto.=
+
+
+=82.= =EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. Pegaron fuego hasta a las iglesias. 2. Le felicito a Vd. y aun
+más a su familia. 3. Todavía no se ha dejado ver. 4. ¿Quién sucedió al
+Presidente Lincoln? 5. Saltó al agua y logró salvar al niño. 6. Logré
+alcanzarlos hacia la noche. 7. Era muy generoso para con sus amigos
+menos afortunados. 8. No tenían ni siquiera un duro. 9. Hasta su padre
+no sabía lo que habían hecho. 10. Parece que al momento de asomarse él a
+la puerta le dijeron que tenía que presentarse ante el juez.
+
+(_b_) 1. They appear to be very happy even if they are not rich. 2.
+Toward morning a light appeared in the house. 3. Even so, I don't like
+his conduct towards his family. 4. I haven't even answered the letters
+that they wrote me. 5. He even shook hands with the beggars in the
+street. 6. I think he will succeed in getting the money. 7. He went
+toward the door without looking at us. 8. I don't feel any anger toward
+him. 9. They have succeeded in opening the door, but even now they can't
+get in. 10. Even if not of as good material as mine, it is very well
+made.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON XXVII
+
+_De la mentira sale mucha veces la verdad._[27]
+
+--BENAVENTE.
+
+
+=83.= =REVIEW EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. I have _known_ him _only_ a short _time_. 2. They returned last
+night at the usual _time_. 3. They will always _need_ me and so I shall
+_keep on_ sacrificing myself for them. 4. She is _very pretty_, isn't
+she? Yes, _very_. 5. I don't _feel like playing_ with them now. 6. The
+least that it had cost him was money and _time_. 7. In one of the houses
+a lady _was playing_ the organ. 8. He _sat down like_ one who is not in
+a hurry. 9. They congregate there every day at the same _time_. 10.
+_Without_ the money, I don't like to go to (=acudir a=) them. 11. It _must
+be_ time _for_ them to arrive.
+
+(_b_) 1. _Even so_, they _know_ very _little_ about that man. 2. From
+_time to time_ he walked _toward_ the door. 3. They have ordered him _to
+appear before_ them to-morrow. 4. It _appears_ that I _was not right_
+when I _told_ you that. 5. Don't go _without me_. I can't go _without
+asking_ permission. 6. It has _grown_ very dark. It _must_ be going to
+rain. 7. _Tell_ them it _must_ be done. They _must_ know that already.
+8. We _must get_ him what he _needs even_ if it costs a lot of money. 9.
+We are very, _very_ tired. We haven't had _even_ a moment to rest all
+day. 10. You _need_ not explain. I heard from your companions that you
+had been dismissed. 11. It must be dinner _time_. You _must_ dine with
+us this evening.
+
+(_c_) 1. _Please tell_ them that I haven't enough _even_ now. 2. I _need
+even_ more than that, this _very_ minute. 3. _What's_ the weather _like_
+just now? Oh, it rains _every now and then_. 4. You will _have to_ give
+me more _time_. I have _only_ two made. 5. _The only thing_ I _need just
+now_ is a piece of soap. 6. _The only thing_ I _succeeded in getting_
+from him was advice. 7. If _only_ she were not so ill! But I _hear_ that
+she is _getting better_. 8. I _heard_ a lady singing. She sang _like_ a
+nightingale. 9. If you _mean_ that you _like_ the way he acts (say, _his
+manner of acting_) _toward_ others, you are crazy, _I mean_, you are not
+wise. 10. You _are right_. It _must_ be he. He _must have_ arrived this
+morning. 11. One _mustn't_ think that all things are _like_ these.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON XXVIII
+
+_Cuando me habla el deber, tan sólo escucho su voz._[28]
+
+--GIL Y ZÁRATE.
+
+
+=84.= The verb _to sit_ (_down_) is rendered =sentarse=. _To be sitting_ is
+rendered =estar sentado=.
+
+_I'm going, I'm going, you say, and you sit down._
+
+=Ya voy, ya voy, dices, y te sientas.=--TOMAYO Y BAUS.
+
+_Will you sit_ (_down_) _here a moment, please?_
+
+=¿Quiere usted sentarse aquí un momento?=
+
+_Don Miguel is sitting in an armchair near the stove._
+
+=Don Miguel está sentado en un sillón inmediato al brasero.=
+
+--LOS QUINTERO.
+
+_Note._--It is always well to paraphrase _sit_ before translating.
+So, _I sat_ (sat down, took a seat, seated myself) _where they told
+me to_; _I sat_ (was sitting) _in the armchair_.
+
+
+=85.= _To stand_ meaning _to be on one's feet_ is rendered =estar en pie= or
+=parado=; meaning _to rise to one's feet_ it is =ponerse de pie=.
+
+_Pardon me, I am troubled with my heart. I can't stand._
+
+=Perdóneme usted. Padezco del corazón. No puedo estar en pie.=--PÉREZ
+GALDÓS.
+
+_When they saw the lady enter, everybody stood._
+
+=Al ver entrar a la señora todo el mundo se puso de pie.=
+
+(_a_) Meaning _to be situated_, _stand_ is translated =hallarse= or
+=estar situado=.
+
+_That church has stood there for years._
+
+=Aquella iglesia se halla allí desde hace muchos años.=
+
+(_b_) Meaning _to endure_, _bear_, _suffer_, _stand_ is rendered
+=aguantar=, =sufrir=, =soportar=.
+
+_He couldn't stand the pain._
+
+=No podía soportar el dolor.=
+
+_I can't stand this noise any longer._
+
+=No puedo sufrir más este ruido.=
+
+
+=86.= English _corner_ has two translations. Meaning _an exterior angle_,
+it is rendered =esquina=; as _an interior angle_, it is =rincón=.
+
+_At the corner of that street stands a house, and in one corner of the
+garden of that house is a beautiful tree._
+
+=En la esquina de aquella calle se halla una casa, y en un rincón del
+jardín de esa casa se halla un hermoso árbol.=
+
+
+=87.= =EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. La casa estaba situada en medio de grandes jardines. 2. Junto a
+él nos sentábamos nosotros, es decir, el padre cura y yo. 3. Se sentaron
+en torno de una mesa junta a la ventana. 4. ¡Ponte de pie cuando yo te
+hablo! 5. Estamos muy bien en este rinconcito. 6. Ha de saber usted que
+no puedo aguantar a este hombre. 7. En la obscuridad di contra la
+esquina de la mesa y me lastimé el brazo. 8. No había asientos para
+todos y algunos tenían que quedarse parados (en pie). 9. ¿Cómo ha
+soportado el enfermo el largo viaje? 10. Aquí en el rincón hay un banco.
+Sentémonos aquí.
+
+(_b_) 1. I am tired of sitting. Let's all stand up for a few minutes. 2.
+Who is that boy who is still sitting down? 3. How long are we going to
+have to stand this? 4. We sat down to rest a few minutes because we
+were tired. 5. The house stands a little to the right of the church. 6.
+She has been sitting here so very, very quiet that I had almost
+forgotten her. 7. You must always stand when a lady speaks to you. 8.
+Turning the corner, he found himself in a little square that he had
+never seen before. 9. Put the table in the corner. We want to sit there.
+10. There was a lady whom I didn't know standing by the window.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON XXIX
+
+_A quien se apresta a luchar no le abaten pesares._[29]
+
+--EDUARDO MARQUINA.
+
+
+=88.= English _self_ used reflexively is rendered by the Spanish
+reflexive pronouns =me=, =te=, =se=, =nos=, =os=, =se=. Used as an
+emphatic modifier _self_ is rendered =mismo= for all persons, changing
+only for number and gender. =Mismo= may be used with a reflexive to
+emphasize it.
+
+_I hurt myself, as you yourself can see._
+
+=Me he lastimado, como usted mismo puede ver.=
+
+_Give the letter to him himself._
+
+=Entregue la carta a él mismo.=--JOSÉ MÁRMOL.
+
+_I am inclined to believe that the widow loves herself above all._
+
+=Inclino a creer que la viuda ama a sí misma sobre todo.=
+
+--JUAN VALERA.
+
+_He hurts himself in order to annoy the rest._
+
+=Es que se hace daño a sí mismo para dar un disgusto a los
+demás.=--ECHEGARAY.
+
+_Note._--=Mismo= may take the emphatic ending =-ísimo=. So =él mismísmo=
+..., _the very ... himself_.
+
+
+=89.= _Last_, meaning _the most recent of a series_, or _the final one of
+a series_, is translated =último=. Meaning _the one just past_, it is
+translated =pasado=.
+
+_The last French invasion proves how difficult it is to attack our
+independence._
+
+=La última irrupción francesa prueba cuán difícil es atacar nuestra
+independencia.=--EMILIO CASTELAR.
+
+_We ourselves were there last week._
+
+=Nosotros mismos estábamos allí la semana pasada.=
+
+_I said to myself, "This will be the last time."_
+
+=Dije para mí--Esta será la última vez.=
+
+(_a_) The verb _to last_ is translated =durar=.
+
+_Come! Be patient, for this will not last long._
+
+=¡Vamos! Tenga usted paciencia, que esto no durará mucho.=
+
+--PALACIO VALDÉS.
+
+(_b_) _Last night_ is rendered =anoche= or =ayer por la noche=.
+
+_They must have stolen them from me last night._
+
+=Debieron de robármelas anoche.=--ALARCÓN.
+
+(_c_) _At last_ is translated =al fin= or, more emphatically, =al fin y al
+cabo=.
+
+_At last! I was beginning to think that you were lost._
+
+=¡Al fin y al cabo! Yo empezaba a creer que se había perdido usted.=
+
+
+=90.= The verb _to tell_ has three common translations. Meaning simply _to
+say to_ it is rendered =decir=. Meaning _to relate_ it is =contar=. Meaning
+_to be effective_ it is rendered =producir efecto=.
+
+_Tell me, grandfather, what is the name of the queen in your story?_
+
+=Dime, abuelito, ¿cómo se llama la reina de tu cuento?=
+
+--MARTÍNEZ SIERRA.
+
+_I told them the terrible story of the miner._
+
+=Les conté la espantosa narración del minero.=--ALARCÓN.
+
+_It was a telling narrative._
+
+=Fué una narración que produjo efecto.=
+
+
+=91.= =EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. Me dice que está lloviendo en este mismo momento. 2. Contaba a
+los niños las aventuras de los conquistadores. 3. María se cortó hace
+poco con ese cuchillo. 4. Lo hemos comprado para nosotros mismos, no
+para ellos. 5. Bien podía ver que sus palabras habían producido efecto.
+6. Esta es la última obra del insigne autor español Pérez Galdós. 7.
+Murió el mes pasado. 8. Al fin han venido a contarme lo ocurrido. 9. La
+mismísima madre de la niña no hubiera podido hacer más para salvarla.
+10. Respeto a la inteligencia de las hormigas se cuentan muchas
+anécdotas.
+
+(_b_) 1. Please tell them that this is not the book that I need. 2. I
+like to hear him tell how he learned to play the piano. 3. He knows how
+to tell it in such a way that every word tells. 4. I myself had
+forgotten all my troubles. 5. I was just saying to myself that it is
+time to go. 6. The very general himself could not have done more. 7.
+This is the last story that I am going to tell you. Last night you went
+to bed too late. 8. I was just wondering (say, _asking myself_) whether
+I was dreaming or not. 9. I'm going to take her the roses. I myself like
+the lilies best. 10. At last, last week, I was able to buy the last one
+that I needed.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON XXX
+
+_Digan lo que quieran, la alegría es muy barata._[30]
+
+--ECHEGARAY.
+
+
+=92.= _To save_ in the sense of _to rescue_ is =salvar=; meaning _to keep_,
+_conserve_, it is =ahorrar=, or =conservar=.
+
+_To save a child, I am capable of throwing myself into the fire._
+
+=Por salvar a un niño soy capaz de echarme en el fuego.=
+
+--EMILIA PARDO BAZÁN.
+
+_It's a pity that he didn't save more while he was earning more._
+
+=Es lástima que no haya ahorrado más mientras ganaba más.=
+
+_We must save our strength._
+
+=Debemos conservar= (=ahorrar=) =nuestras fuerzas.=
+
+
+=93.= _To see_ is usually =ver=, but used in conjunction with certain
+prepositions it calls for other translations. So _to see to_ (take
+charge of) is rendered =cuidar de=, or =tomar a su cargo=; _to see about_
+(ask _or_ inquire about) is translated =informarse de= or =pedir informes
+sobre=.
+
+_I'll see to the baggage._
+
+=Yo cuidaré del equipaje, or yo tomaré a mi cargo el equipaje.=
+
+_What time do you want me to go and see about it?_
+
+=¿A qué hora quiere usted que yo vaya a informarme de ello?=
+
+--PALACIO VALDÉS.
+
+(_a_) _To see through_ may be rendered (=llegar a=) =comprender=. _To
+see a thing through_ is rendered =llevar algo a cabo=.
+
+_There's a problem that I shall never be able to see through._
+
+=¡Vaya un problema que yo nunca llegaré a comprender= (or =que yo
+nunca comprenderé=)!
+
+_We've begun it and we must see it through._
+
+=Lo hemos empezado y debemos llevarlo a cabo.=
+
+(_b_) The exclamatory _see here!_ is rendered =¡mire Vd.!= and the
+imperative forms _let's see_ and _let me see_ are translated =a ver=
+or =vamos a ver=.
+
+_See here! You'll have to hurry if you want to overtake them._
+
+=¡Mire Vd.! Tendrá que darse prisa si quiere Vd. alcanzarlos.=
+
+_Let's see if you with your talent can clear this up for me._
+
+=A ver si usted con su talento me aclara esto.=--EMILIA PARDO BAZÁN.
+
+_Let's see! Will you tell me what use flowers are?_
+
+=¡Vamos a ver! ¿Quiere usted decirme que utilidad tienen las
+flores?=--PALACIO VALDÉS.
+
+_Let's see! What have you to declare?_
+
+=¡A ver! ¿Qué tiene Vd. que declarar?=--EMILIA PARDO BAZÁN.
+
+
+=94.= _Half_ as a noun is =la mitad=. As an adjective it is =medio=, which is
+also its adverbial form. _Half-way there_ is translated =a mitad del
+camino= or =en medio camino=.
+
+_"They offered me the half now," said the old woman._
+
+=Me ofrecieron la mitad ahora,--dijo la anciana.=
+
+--FERNÁN CABALLERO.
+
+_He always stopped when halfway there._
+
+=Siempre se detuvo a la mitad del camino.=--BLASCO IBÁÑEZ.
+
+_Halfway there, there was an inn._
+
+=En medio del camino se hallaba una venta.=
+
+--FERNÁN CABALLERO.
+
+
+=95.= =EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. Si Vd. me da la mitad, yo quedaré satisfecho. 2. Estábamos
+medio tristes y medio rabiosos. 3. Queda a media milla de distancia de
+aquí. 4. A ver si Vd. puede hacerlo mejor. 5. Ahorró mucho dinero en
+poco tiempo. 6. Es muy hábil el médico. Esperemos que salve al niño. 7.
+¡Mira! si no quieres que lleguemos con retraso, date prisa. 8. Yo tomaré
+todo eso a mí cargo. 9. A mitad del camino tuvieron que volver. 10.
+Estaba medio enojada porque no le habían dado más que la mitad.
+
+(_b_) 1. The firemen saved all the people in the house. 2. It is a
+strange affair. I can't see through it at all. 3. Half is for me and the
+other half for them. 4. Let's see, what's the good of this? 5. I'll see
+to the dinner. 6. To save time we sent a servant to see about the
+trains. 7. The bandits left their victims there half dead. 8. Halfway
+there they all sat down to rest. 9. Don't leave it half done. See it
+through! 10. The letter is half written. Let's see! Don't you want to
+finish it now?
+
+
+
+
+LESSON XXXI
+
+_El que presta a un amigo pierde el dinero y el amigo._[31]
+
+--FERNÁN CABALLERO.
+
+
+=96.= The word _as_ as a conjunction of cause is rendered =ya que=, =puesto
+que=, or =como=.
+
+_As you have eaten nothing to-day, it occurred to me to get a supper for
+you to-night._
+
+=Como hoy no has comido nada, se me ocurrió prepararte una cena esta
+noche.=--TOMAYO Y BAUS.
+
+_As they won't go with us, let's invite the others._
+
+=Ya que no quieren acompañarnos ellos, invitemos a los otros.=
+
+(_a_) As a conjunction of time or comparison it is =como=, but a temporal
+clause introduced by _as_ may be rendered by =al= with the infinitive.
+
+_He had a slight acquaintance with foreign literature as many have
+to-day._
+
+=Tenía un ligero tinte de literatura extranjera como muchos lo tienen
+hoy.=--FERNÁN CABALLERO.
+
+_As I entered the room, they all stopped talking._
+
+=Al entrar yo en la sala, todos dejaron de hablar.=
+
+(_b_) The correlative _as ... as_ is rendered =tan ... como=, but _as much
+... as_ and _as many ... as_ are rendered =tanto ... como= and =tantos ...
+como=.
+
+_My father was as charmed as ever with her._
+
+=Mi padre se mostró tan embelesado como siempre con ella.=
+
+--JUAN VALERA.
+
+_I have as much time as I need, and as many books as I want to read._
+
+=Tengo tanto tiempo como necesito y tantos libros como quiero leer.=
+
+The second _as_ in these phrases may be translated =cuanto=, =cuantos=, or
+these words may be used to translate both the first and the second _as_.
+
+_I will buy you as much_ (_as many_) _as you need._
+
+=Te compraré cuanto= (=cuantos=) =le hacen falta.=
+
+(_c_) _As soon as_ may be translated literally =tan pronto como=, but it
+is also very frequently rendered =así que=, =en cuanto=, or =luego que=.
+
+_You are going to do it as soon as you know what I am going to tell
+you._
+
+=Lo vas a hacer en cuanto sepas lo que yo te voy a decir.=
+
+--LOS QUINTERO.
+
+_As soon as night had closed in, they went again to the judge's house._
+
+=Así que se cerró la noche se dirigieron otra vez a la casa del juez.=
+
+--PALACIO VALDÉS.
+
+(_d_) _As for_, _as far as ... is concerned_, _as regards ..._, all may
+be translated =en cuanto a= or =por lo que toca a=. Otherwise, _as far as_
+is translated =hasta=.
+
+_As for him, he said that he had had them also._
+
+=En cuanto a él, dijo que las había tenido también.=--JUAN VALERA.
+
+_"As for me," said old Peter, "I know it by heart."_
+
+=Por lo que me toca a mí,--dijo el tío Perico,--lo sé de memoria.=
+
+--FERNÁN CABALLERO.
+
+(_e_) When _as_ introduces a clause the action of which is represented
+as occurring simultaneously with the action of the principal clause, it
+is translated =a medida que=.
+
+_The children drew their grandmother toward them as they spoke._
+
+=Los niños tiraron a su abuela hacia sí a medida que hablaban.=
+
+--FERNÁN CABALLERO.
+
+
+=97.= =EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. Sabes tan bien como yo lo que tenemos. 2. En cuanto me den el
+dinero, voy a Madrid. 3. Luego que venga la criada, pídeselo Vd. 4. A
+medida que las lanchas entraban en la ensenada, el grupo iba mermando
+poco a poco. 5. Al salir de la casa vieron al hombre que se escapaba. 6.
+Como yo le vi por última vez el año pasado, no sé si se acordará de mí.
+7. Al fin y al cabo lo ha hecho como lo quiero yo. 8. Quieren que yo
+las acompañe hasta la iglesia. 9. Por lo que le toca a Juan, ya ha
+prometido darme el suyo. 10. Tengo cuantos necesito por lo pronto.
+
+(_b_) 1. As I was walking in the park this morning I met an old friend.
+2. As for you, some fine (good) day you are going to get what you
+deserve. 3. This is not so large as I wanted it. 4. Save your money as
+much as you can while you are young. 5. As for me myself, I spend as
+much as I earn. 6. Will you go as far as the corner with me? 7. They are
+studying Spanish as so many are doing now. 8. You must sign it as well
+as (=tan bien como=, or =tanto como=, =lo mismo que=) I. 9. As soon as I find
+the man who owes me all that money, I will lend you some. 10. As we
+approached the village, the sky was getting darker.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON XXXII
+
+_La libertad nunca puede ser por tiranos defendida ni propagada por
+esclavos._[32]--EMILIO CASTELAR.
+
+
+=98.= The verb _to want_ in the sense of _to wish_ is translated by
+=querer=. Meaning _to need_, _be in want of_, it is rendered =necesitar=,
+=tener menester=, =hacer falta a=.
+
+_I want you to tell me at once._
+
+=Yo quiero que usted me lo diga en seguida.=--ECHEGARAY.
+
+_I want another book. Have you any more?_
+
+=Necesito= (=tengo menester=, =me hace falta=) =otro libro. ¿Tiene Vd. más?=
+
+_They want three more chairs._
+
+=Necesitan otras tres sillas.=
+
+_Note._--Observe the position of =otras=. The word =otro= regularly
+precedes a numeral.
+
+
+=99.= In the conjunctive phrase _either ... or_, _either_ is translated =o=.
+As a pronoun it is translated =o el uno o el otro=. At the end of a
+negative sentence _either_ is rendered =tampoco=.
+
+_Either I'm much mistaken or this is going to cause talk._
+
+=O me engaño mucho o esto va a dar que hablar.=
+
+--EMILIA PARDO BAZÁN.
+
+_Do you want this pen or the fountain pen? Either will do._
+
+=¿Quiere Vd. esta pluma o la plumafuente?--O la una o la otra servirá.=
+
+_And I don't think I'm a fool, either._
+
+=Y creo que no soy tonto, tampoco.=--RAMOS CARRIÓN.
+
+When _either_ at the end of a negative sentence is used merely for
+emphasis, it is expressed by repeating the negative =no=.
+
+_I didn't do it, either!_
+
+=¡No lo he hecho, no!=
+
+
+=100.= _Neither_ is =ni= as a conjunction and equal to _and ... either_. As
+a pronoun it is =ni el uno ni el otro=. Standing as the first word in a
+sentence _neither_ is translated =tampoco=.
+
+_I do not look into the mirror, neither to-day nor ever._
+
+=No miro en el espejo, ni hoy ni nunca.=--ECHEGARAY.
+
+_He wouldn't help him, neither would he help me._
+
+=No quería ayudarle a él, tampoco quería ayudarme a mí.=
+
+_I showed him the drawings. Neither of them pleased him._
+
+=Le mostré los dibujos. Ni el uno ni el otro le ha contentado.=
+
+
+=101.= The conjunction _because_ is =porque=. The prepositional phrase
+_because of_ is translated =a causa de=. =Por= with the infinitive is often
+used for =porque= with a clause, and may be used for =a causa de= when the
+object of the preposition is a participial phrase.
+
+_I won't give you any more because you have enough already._
+
+=No te daré más porque ya tienes bastante.=
+
+_Because of the rain the country was flooded._
+
+=A causa de la lluvia estaba inundado el campo.=
+
+_That tribe obeyed him and respected him because he was_ (_because of
+his being_) _older._
+
+=Aquella caterva le obedecía y respetaba por ser él mayor.=
+
+--EMILIA PARDO BAZÁN.
+
+
+=102.= =EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. No quiero que Vds. me ofrezcan dinero. 2. No le he devuelto el
+dinero que tuvo a bien prestarme.--Ni yo tampoco. 3. O se lo ha llevado
+él o el hermano de él, pero ni el uno ni el otro quiere confesarlo. 4.
+¿Qué necesita usted?--Un martillo para arrancar estos clavos. 5. O el
+uno o el otro libro la contentará. 6. Por haber caído tanta nieve no
+quiero que salgan los chicos esta mañana. 7. A causa de la huelga de los
+empleados del tranvía tuvimos que ir a pie. 8. O los nuevos o los viejos
+debe usted mandarme. 9. Yo quisiera conocer a ese señor porque me dicen
+que es de gran talento. 10. Por ser tan tarde, no querían los padres
+partir sin los niños.
+
+(_b_) 1. Well, how many more do you want and how much do you want to pay
+for them? 2. Do you want to see the picture that they were talking
+about? 3. Either the father or the mother must be ill. 4. Neither of my
+friends can speak Spanish. 5. I have to serve as (=de=) interpreter
+because I speak the language fluently. 6. Because of the illness of my
+father, neither my mother nor I were able to go. 7. Because I have a
+cold, I want you to read this letter aloud to the others. 8. These
+plants want water. Do you want to water them now? 9. Have you seen
+either of my sons to-day? Yes. I just saw the older one with three other
+boys. 10. I want you to tell _me_ what you want, either by telephone or
+by letter. 11. Neither her father nor her mother wanted her to go out,
+because it is so cold. She didn't want to go, either.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON XXXIII
+
+_Cuando hay alegría, todo se hace bien._[33]
+
+--PÉREZ GALDÓS.
+
+
+=103.= The verb _to wonder_ is variously rendered. In the sense of _to be
+surprised_ it is generally =extrañar= or =admirarse=. As a synonym of
+_should_ or _would like to know_ it may be translated =quisiera saber=, or
+=tener curiosidad por saber=. In the sense of _to be thinking_ or _asking
+one's self_, the Spanish uses =preguntarse=.
+
+_No one wondered at the girl's illness._
+
+=Nadie extrañó la indisposición de la niña.=--JUAN VALERA.
+
+_I don't wonder that they say certain things._
+
+=No me admiro de que digan ciertas cosas.=
+
+--EMILIA PARDO BAZÁN.
+
+_I was wondering if I should have time to go before they came._
+
+=Yo me preguntaba si tendría el tiempo de ir antes que llegasen ellos.=
+
+_I wonder who did this._
+
+=Yo quisiera saber quién habrá hecho eso.=
+
+The verb _to wonder_ is, however, often best translated by the future of
+probability, as illustrated in the following examples:
+
+_Has he come yet, I wonder?_
+
+=¿Habrá venido ya?=
+
+_I wonder if it is time yet._
+
+=¿Será ya la hora?=
+
+_I wonder who that man is._
+
+=¿Quién será ese hombre?=
+
+_Cisneros_ (_observing them curiously_). _I wonder what's going on?_
+
+=Cisneros= (=observándolos con curiosidad=). =¿Qué pasará?=
+
+--NUÑEZ DE ARCE.
+
+This form is used when the English sentence would make complete sense
+without _wonder_.
+
+
+=104.= In English _the one_ has three translations. When used in contrast
+with _the other_, it is rendered =el uno=. Before the relative _who_ or
+_that_ it is =el=. In adjective phrases such as _the new one_, _the old
+one_, etc., the word _one_ is omitted.
+
+_Both boys were busy. The one was helping his mother, the other, his
+father._
+
+=Ambos muchachos estaban ocupados. El uno ayudaba a su madre, el otro a
+su padre.=
+
+_You are not going from my house. They are the ones that are going._
+
+=Tú no te vas de mi casa. Los que se van son ellos.=
+
+--LOS QUINTERO.
+
+_And the one that hurts most, is it above or below?_
+
+=Y la que le duele más, ¿es de arriba o de abajo?=
+
+--RAMOS CARRIÓN.
+
+_You take the big ones. The little one is mine._
+
+=Tome usted los grandes. El pequeño es mío.=
+
+
+=105.= =EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. No hay peor sordo que el que no quiere oír. 2. El hombre se
+extrañó el no hallar a su hijo. 3. Yo soy la que se va de aquí. 4. Los
+relojes andan desacordes, porque cuando el de la Puerta del Sol da las
+ocho el del Palacio suele dar las ocho y media. 5. ¿Qué hora será? 6.
+Envíeles a ellos los viejos y a mí los nuevos. 7. Se preguntaba si valía
+la pena de continuar. 8. Vió que el paisano tenía dos caballos, el uno
+muy gordo y el otro muy flaco, y se admiraba de la diferencia. 9. ¿Qué
+revista será aquél que lee con tanto interés? 10. Llaman a la puerta.
+¿Quién será a estas horas?
+
+(_b_) 1. I was wondering if the dog was mad. 2. Take the big one. The
+little ones aren't worth anything. 3. Who opened the door, I wonder?
+Please shut it. 4. I don't wonder that you don't like that dress. The
+other one is much prettier. 5. I don't mean that man. I mean the one who
+was here before. 6. Everybody wondered what he would be like. 7. Will
+they want this before I return, I wonder? 8. I wonder at their silence.
+They must know that I am anxious to know how they stood the journey. 9.
+The one that you have in your hand is mine. The one that you dropped is
+my sister's. 10. They tell me that I must choose either this one or that
+one. I wonder why I can't have the one that I like best.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON XXXIV
+
+_Lo que no puede hacer un gitano, no hay quien lo haga sobre la
+tierra._[34]--ALARCÓN.
+
+
+=106.= =REVIEW EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. _I couldn't help_ smiling when I saw him _stand up_. 2. Who is
+that woman _standing_ in the doorway? 3. While it _lasted_ the boy kept
+(=tenia=) his eyes fixed on the judge's face. 4. The old man _was sitting_
+behind the counter, reading aloud. 5. He _is not to blame_. Nor I
+_either_. 6. What do you _want_ (_ask_) for the _half_ of what you have
+brought? 7. I can't _stand so much_ heat. 8. We _sat down_ to wait until
+they came. 9. _Let's see!_ You _told_ him to come and _see_ me _as soon
+as_ he arrived, didn't you? 10. They _looked_ very happy _sitting there_
+in the shade of the big trees.
+
+(_b_) 1. That is _the one_ who was at the door when the accident
+occurred. 2. I have _half_ of the money _saved_ already. 3. _As_ he has
+read many histories, he can cite many examples. 4. It will be better to
+put the larger _ones_ in another place. _Here_ in this _corner_. 5. I
+_wonder_ if this _one_ is _as_ large _as_ that _one_. 6. I _heard_ from
+your companions that you had been dismissed. 7. Have you _heard_ from
+home lately? 8. _As for_ those two houses, _neither_ is large enough for
+my family. 9. _As_ I approached the man, I saw that he was _getting_
+uneasy. 10. _Because_ the horse was older than he had said, they did not
+_want_ to buy it.
+
+(_c_) 1. _Well_, as the _one_ that I _want_ is not here, I _must_ take
+the _one_ that I have. 2. _Will_ you _see to_ the dessert while I am
+_getting_ the rest of the dinner? 3. As _either one_ is large enough,
+_will_ you take this _one_ and _leave_ me the other _one_? 4. I _wonder_
+if the postman has come yet. 5. They are erecting a large building at
+the _corner_ of our street. I _wonder_ what it will be. 6. He _wondered_
+that you had not arrived yet. 7. _Tell_ him that he _must_ do it
+himself. 8. They are tearing down the church that has _stood_ at that
+_corner for so many_ years. 9. I was in Naples when the _last_ eruption
+of Vesuvius occurred. That was _last_ year. 10. I _heard last night_
+that the governor _himself_ would come _as soon as_ he returned.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON XXXV
+
+_No creer en nada es estar loco._[35]
+
+--CAMPOAMOR.
+
+
+=107.= The verb _to take_, in its simplest meaning of _to carry_, is
+rendered =llevar= or =tomar=.
+
+_I have to take this book to school._
+
+=Tengo que llevar= (=tomar=) =este libro a la escuela.=
+
+(_a_) In the sense of _to use_, =tomar= is the correct translation.
+
+_The lemonade is rather sour. Take some mare sugar._
+
+=Es algo agria la limonada. Tome usted más azúcar.=
+
+(_b_) _To take off_, meaning _to remove_, is =quitar(se)=; meaning
+_to imitate_, it is translated =imitar= or =remedar=. _To take out_ is
+=sacar=.
+
+_He took off his hat and from it took out a roll of banknotes._
+
+=Se quitó el sombrero y de él sacó un rollo de billetes de banco.=
+
+--JOSÉ MÁRMOL.
+
+_Without taking his eyes off them, he slowly continued his way._
+
+=Sin quitarles de encima la vista, siguió lentamente el camino.=
+
+--EMILIA PARDO BAZÁN.
+
+(_c_) _To take leave of_ is =despedirse de=; _to take steps_ is =dar pasos=;
+_to take for granted_ is =dar por supuesto=.
+
+_Before taking leave of me, she wanted to give me the letter._
+
+=Antes de despedirse de mí, quiso darme la carta.=
+
+--PALACIO VALDÉS.
+
+_I take it for granted that you will take the necessary steps to prevent
+it._
+
+=Doy por supuesto que Vd. dará los pasos necesarios para impedirlo.=
+
+(_d_) _To take place_ is rendered =tener lugar= or =verificarse=; _to take
+possession of_ is translated =apoderarse de=.
+
+_The funeral took place yesterday and the heirs have now taken
+possession of the property of the deceased._
+
+=El entierro tuvo lugar= (=se verificó=) =ayer y ya se han apoderado de los
+bienes del difunto los herederos.=
+
+(_e_) _To take up room_ is rendered =ocupar lugar= or =espacio=; _to take
+care of_, =cuidar de=.
+
+_I'm going to get rid of this table. It takes up too much room._
+
+=Voy a deshacerme de esta mesa. Ocupa demasiado lugar.=
+
+_Don't worry. God will take care of you and of your family._
+
+=No te apures. Dios cuidará de ti y de los tuyos.=
+
+(_f_) _To take advantage of_ is rendered =aprovecharse de=.
+
+_Take advantage of all the opportunities that come to you._
+
+=Aprovéchese Vd. de cuantas oportunidades se le presenten.=
+
+(_g_) _To take back_ in the sense of _to return_ is translated =devolver=;
+meaning _to retract_ it is rendered =retractar=.
+
+_Take this letter back to them and tell them that we want them to take
+back what they say in it._
+
+=Devuélvales Vd. esta carta y dígales que queremos que retracten lo que
+en ella escriben.=
+
+
+=108.= =EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. Dios que cuida de los insectos cuidará de mí y de mi familia.
+2. Allí había muchas personas que se habían apoderado de la chimenea. 3.
+No se quite Vd. el abrigo que aquí en este cuarto hace mucho frío. 4. Me
+aproveché de la oportunidad para contarle lo ocurrido. 5. El cuento de
+la desgracia ocupó el primer plan del diario de la mañana. 6. Tenemos
+mucho gusto en mandarle lo que nos ha pedido. 7. La recepción que se
+verificó con motivo de la visita del insigne autor, atrajó una brillante
+asistencia. 8. ¡Cuidado! tengo que devolver ese jarro a la vecina y no
+quiero que me lo quiebres antes. 9. El espacio delante de la plataforma
+fué ocupado por los bancos de los alumnos. 10. ¡Lléveselo! pero ha de
+ser ahora mismo.
+
+(_b_) 1. Take this back and tell them that it is not the one I asked
+for. 2. I shall take advantage of your offer. 3. This will take up more
+room than that. 4. I think they are taking it for granted that we are
+going with them. 5. Don't you think that you ought to take off your
+shoes? 6. The trunk took up so much room in the car that there was no
+room for me. 7. Tell them that I will take charge (=cargarse=) of all this
+so that they may take advantage of this time to go and take leave of
+their friends. 8. It was evident that he took (_had_) great pleasure in
+telling the children stories when he took care of them. 9. I think he
+will take possession of the property next week.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON XXXVI
+
+_Nada existe en la tierra que no sirve para algo._[36]
+
+--PÉREZ GALDÓS.
+
+
+=109.= The word _ever_ is translated =nunca= in a negative sentence. Meaning
+_at any time_, it is rendered =una= or =alguna vez=. As a suffix it is
+=-quiera=, and the compound word is followed by =que= and the subjunctive.
+
+_Now I deserve you less than ever._
+
+=Ahora te merezco menos que nunca.=--JUAN VALERA.
+
+_Do you think he will ever come to see us?_
+
+=¿Cree usted que venga una vez a vernos?=
+
+_I would follow her wherever she went._
+
+=La seguiría adondequiera que fuese.=--PALACIO VALDÉS.
+
+
+=110.= The verb _to pass_ meaning _to go by_ (_through_, _past_) is
+rendered =pasar por delante de=.
+
+_They passed me in groups._
+
+=Pasaron en grupos por delante de mí.=--PALACIO VALDÉS.
+
+(_a_) In reference to time, _pass_ is rendered =transcurrir= when
+used intransitively.
+
+_I slept confidently that night and let the next day pass._
+
+=Confiado dormí aquella noche y dejé transcurrir el día siguiente.=
+
+--PALACIO VALDÉS.
+
+(_b_) _To pass on_ meaning _to continue one's way_ is rendered =seguir el
+camino=; meaning _to hand to_, _give to_ it is translated =entregar= or =dar
+a=.
+
+_When you have finished with it, pass it on to your friend._
+
+=Cuando Vd. haya acabado con él, entréguelo a su amigo.=
+
+_He stopped to speak to us, but passed on immediately._
+
+=Se detuvo a hablarnos, pero siguió en seguida su camino.=
+
+(_c_) _To pass_ (promote) is rendered =aprobar=; _to pass_ (be promoted)
+is =ser aprobado=.
+
+_You will pass of course, but let's see if that professor will pass me._
+
+=Tu serás aprobado, eso sí, pero a ver si aquel profesor me aprobará a
+mí.=
+
+
+=111.= The verb _to pay_ or _pay for_ is usually =pagar=. Meaning _to be
+profitable_ it is rendered =ser provechoso=.
+
+_There were many there that paid nothing because they had nothing._
+
+=Muchos había allí que nada pagaron porque nada tenían.=
+
+_Everybody knows that his mines did not pay._
+
+=Todo el mundo sabe que sus minas no le eran provechosas.=
+
+(_a_) _To pay attention to_ has two translations. Meaning _to
+listen to_ it is =poner atención=, meaning _to heed_, _act upon_,
+_mind_ it is =hacer caso de=.
+
+_They never paid any attention to him when he was talking to them._
+
+=Nunca le ponían atención cuando les hablaba.=
+
+_She used to talk to his aunt without paying any attention to him._
+
+=Hablaba con su tía sin hacer caso de él.=--PALACIO VALDÉS.
+
+
+=112.= =EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. De todo eso no hice caso sino que siguiera adelante. 2. Ha
+pasado muchas noches entregado al trabajo. 3. No hay que afirmar que
+pasamos por la casa de Pepita. 4. ¿No querían nunca hacerlo sin que Vd.
+los ayudase? 5. Por dondequiera que vayamos tenemos que llevarlos a
+ellos. 6. ¿Cómo quieres aprender si nunca pones atención? 7. Parece que
+no tienen la intención de pagarle. 8. No le haga Vd. caso que se está
+burlando de Vd., nada más. 9. Transcurrió la noche sin que nadie en la
+casa lograra dormirse. 10. En plena noche los oimos pasar por delante de
+la casa.
+
+(_b_) 1. We have never had the money to pay for the house although we
+have always wanted to buy it. 2. Do you know that man who has just
+passed the house? 3. My son has written me that he has passed all his
+examinations. 4. I don't believe that he will ever finish what he is
+doing. 5. Whoever did this knows how to do it well. 6. Don't pay any
+attention to them. 7. Whatever book you choose, pay cash for it (=pagar
+al contado=). 8. I have finished with this and now I am going to pass it
+on to my younger brother. 9. Did you ever see the portrait of my father
+that that painter painted? 10. And so a quarter of an hour passed, and
+the procession passed the house again.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON XXXVII
+
+_La fe en una gran idea es la vida de la inteligencia._[37]
+
+--EMILIO CASTELAR.
+
+
+=113.= The verb _to turn_ has many translations. _To turn_ (_round_) is
+=volver= or =volverse=.
+
+_He turned and looked him straight in the face._
+
+=Se volvio y le miró cara a cara.=--EMILIA PARDO BAZÁN.
+
+_All heads turned towards him._
+
+_Todas las cabezas se volvieron hacia él._--JUAN VALERA.
+
+(_a_) In the sense of _to grow_, _get_, _become_, _to turn_ is
+rendered =ponerse=.
+
+_Auntie turned all the colors of the rainbow_ (literally,
+_twenty-five colors_).
+
+=La tía se puso de veinticinco colores.=--PALACIO VALDÉS.
+
+(_b_) In the sense of _to go round_ or _to make go round_, _turn_
+is =dar vuelta(s)=. In the phrase, _to turn the corner_, the verb may
+be translated =doblar=.
+
+_He was turning the wheel._
+
+=Daba vueltas a la rueda.=
+
+_It was two o'clock when he turned_ (_the corner_) _into
+Reconquista Street._
+
+=Eran las dos cuando dobló por la calle Reconquista.=
+
+--JOSÉ MÁRMOL.
+
+_Upon turning the corner he found himself in a small plaza._
+
+=Al dar vuelta a la esquina se halló en una plazuela.=
+
+(_c_) _To turn to_ in the sense of _to address_, _appeal to_, _have
+recourse to_ is rendered =dirigirse a=. Where the appeal is specifically
+for help, =recurrir a= may be used.
+
+_"Now you have heard it," he continued, turning to the young lady._
+
+=Ya lo ha oido Vd.,--prosiguió dirigiéndose a la señorita.=
+
+--JOSÉ MÁRMOL.
+
+_Since my family will not help me, I turn to my friends._
+
+=Ya que mi familia no quiere ayudarme, me dirijo a mis amigos.=
+
+(_d_) _To turn over_ (invert) is =invertir=; meaning _to revolve_ it is
+=revolver=.
+
+_When he turned the plate over he found what had been hidden._
+
+=Al invertir el plato halló lo escondido.=
+
+_But, man alive, I can hardly turn over myself!_
+
+=¡Pero, hombre de Dios, si apenas puedo revolverme yo!=
+
+--PALACIO VALDÉS.
+
+(_e_) _To turn out_ (prove to be) is rendered =resultar ser= or =resultar=
+alone.
+
+_It turns out that you are the father of a genius._
+
+=Resulta que eres el padre de un genio.=--ECHEGARAY.
+
+Meaning _to put out_, _expel_, _dismiss_, it is rendered =expeler=, =echar=,
+=poner de patitas en la calle=, or =despedir=.
+
+_This servant is absolutely worthless. I am going to turn him out._
+
+=Este criado no vale absolutamente nada. Voy a ponerle de patitas en la
+calle.=
+
+(_f_) _To turn into_ (become) is rendered =convertirse en= or =cambiar(se)
+en=.
+
+_I told the children the story of the prince who turned into a dragon._
+
+=Conté a los niños el cuento del principe que se cambió en un dragón.=
+
+_The witch turned the princess into a cat._
+
+=La bruja cambió a la princesa en un gato.=
+
+_We took the furniture out of the room and turned it into a gymnasium._
+
+=Sacamos los muebles del cuarto y lo convertimos en= (=un=) =gimnasio.=
+
+(_g_) _To turn up_ in the sense of _to appear_ is rendered =aparecer=,
+=llegar=, =dejarse ver=; in the sense of _to happen_ it may be rendered
+=suceder=, =ocurrir=, =acaecer=.
+
+_That man always turns up when he is least wanted. I hope something will
+turn up to keep him from coming to-day._
+
+=Aquel hombre aparece siempre cuando menos queremos verle. ¡Ojalá que
+suceda algo que le impida el venir hoy!=
+
+
+=114.= =EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. La alfombra se había puesto roja donde la había manchado el
+ácido. 2. Apenas hube dado vuelta a la esquina cuando vi al que buscaba.
+3. Dirigiéndome entonces a la señora que acababa de hablar, vi que se
+había puesto muy pálida. 4. Compramos un erial y resultó que el subsuelo
+era un inmenso almacén de carbón. 5. Entonces se convirtió en una hada
+con alas blancas. 6. Al fin cuando íbamos perdiendo la paciencia se
+dejaron ver. 7. Tan pequeña era la habitación que apenas podíamos
+revolvernos en ella. 8. Me he puesto a revolver papeles. 9. Mi buen
+deseo resultó ser inútil.
+
+(_b_) 1. I wonder how that affair will turn out. 2. He turned the glass
+upside down. 3. Turn them all out if they bother you. 4. It is not worth
+while to do that, because they will surely turn up again. 5. They have
+turned that building into a school for the blind. 6. When you turn the
+next corner you will see the building that you are looking for. 7. The
+poor woman does not know to whom to turn in her distress. 8. The leaves
+are turning yellow and red. They will fall soon. 9. He was turning the
+handle of a little organ that belonged to a blind man. 10. All eyes
+turned in the direction of the speaker.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON XXXVIII
+
+_Vale más errar por generosidad que acertar por egoísmo._[38]
+
+--EMILIO CASTELAR.
+
+
+=115.= English _can_ and _could_, translated by the present and past
+tenses of =poder= when _possibility_ is implied, are differently
+translated to express _conjecture_. In the latter case, Spanish uses the
+future and conditional of the verbs that in English are the complements
+of _can_ and _could_. The examples should be very carefully studied and
+compared with those given under section 102.
+
+_What can be the matter with the poor boy?_
+
+=¿Qué tendrá el pobrecillo?=--RAMOS CARRIÓN.
+
+_Where could Telmo be hidden?_
+
+=¿Dónde estaría metido Telmo?=--EMILIA PARDO BAZÁN.
+
+_The first man who made a friend--what could he have been thinking
+about?_
+
+=El primer hombre que se hizo amigo--¿en qué estaría pensando?=--TOMAYO Y
+BAUS.
+
+_"It wasn't Peter apparently." "It wasn't? Who could it have been?"_
+
+=No era Pedro a lo visto.--¿No? ¿Quién estaría?=
+
+--TOMAYO Y BAUS.
+
+Note that the conditional translates both _could be_ and _could have
+been_.
+
+
+=116.= _To ring_ is =tocar= as a transitive and =sonar= as an intransitive
+verb.
+
+_We rang twice before we heard the bell ring within the house._
+
+=Tocamos dos veces antes de oír sonar la campanilla dentro de la casa.=
+
+_At that moment a shot rang out very close._
+
+=En aquel mismo instante sonó un tiro muy próximo.=
+
+--ALARCÓN.
+
+
+=117.= English _but_ as a synonym of _however_ is =pero=; as an adversative
+conjunction it is rendered =sino=; in the sense of _only_ or _except_ it
+may be rendered =sino= or =no ... más de= (=que=).
+
+_He is not here at present, but I am expecting him at any moment._
+
+=No está aquí en este momento, pero le estoy esperando de un momento a
+otro.=
+
+_She is not Spanish, but Italian._
+
+=No es española sino italiana.=
+
+_No one knows it but you._
+
+=Nadie lo sabe sino tú.=
+
+_Remember that now you have no father but this gentleman._
+
+=Acuérdate de que ya no tienes más padre que este señor.=
+
+--EMILIA PARDO BAZÁN.
+
+
+=118.= =EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. ¿Quién será?--exclamó la joven que se había puesto pálida. 2.
+¿Sería mi hermano el que ha hecho eso? 3. Sonó la campanilla, pero el
+viejo no la oyó por ser él sordo. 4. ¿Serán ya las tres? ¿Sonaría la
+campanilla sin que nosotros la oyésemos? 5. Voy a mandarle todo lo que
+me ha pedido menos este libro, que no puedo pasarme sin él. 6. Me dijo
+que a las doce de la noche había sonado la campanilla del teléfono.
+¿Quién me telefonaría a esas horas? 7. Ya no le queda más dinero que la
+pequeña suma que heredó de su padre el año pasado. 8. ¿Sería el vecino
+que me robó el caballo? 9. Es la primera vez que ha faltado a la cita.
+¿Estará mala? 10. Yo no sabía de quien sería el bolsillo que acababa de
+hallar. 11. No hay quien toque las campanas como usted.
+
+(_b_) 1. Ring the bell and when they open the door ask for him. 2. Who
+can that man be? There is no one here who knows him. 3. We heard the
+coins ring as they fell on the table. 4. He speaks no language but
+English, but he reads Spanish and French. 5. I have no friend but you in
+the whole city. 6. Could it have been your father who telephoned you
+last night? 7. Where can my brother be? I hope he has not lost his way.
+8. I was wondering if _he_ could have taken them. _She_ could not have
+lifted them. 9. We had nothing but bread and butter to eat, but it was
+enough as we were not hungry. 10. What can he be reading that seems to
+interest him so much? Generally he reads nothing but the daily paper.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON XXXIX
+
+_No necesitamos ser serios para ser buenos._[39]
+
+--PÉREZ GALDÓS.
+
+
+=119.= The verb _to put_ in its simplest meaning of _to place_, _lay_,
+_set_, is =poner=. It has a very large number of idiomatic uses that call
+for different translations. Many of these may be learned easily by
+paraphrasing _put_. So, _to put away_, _put by_ (save), =guardar=,
+=ahorrar=; _to put back_ (retard), =retardar=; (return a thing to where it
+was), =volver a poner una cosa en donde estaba=; _to put out_ (extend),
+=extender=; (extinguish), =apagar=; (expel), =expeler=, =echar=; (disturb,
+trouble, annoy), =estorbar=, =molestar=; _to put down_ (make a note of),
+=apuntar=, =poner por escrito=; (to suppress), =suprimir=.
+
+_Don't scold me. Put yourself in my place._
+
+=No me reprenda usted. Póngase en mi caso.=
+
+--LOS QUINTERO.
+
+_I picked up the money and put it in my pocket._
+
+=Recogí el dinero y lo guardé en el bolsillo.=--JUAN VALERA.
+
+_They say that he has a lot of money put away._
+
+=Dicen que tiene ahorrado muchísimo dinero.=
+
+_We will put down the names in this little book._
+
+=Apuntaremos los nombres en este librito.=
+
+_I shall not be satisfied until they have put it down in writing._
+
+=No quedaré satisfecho hasta que lo hayan puesto por escrito.=
+
+_Can it be the change of teachers that has put him back so much?_
+
+=¿Será el cambio de maestros que le ha retardado tanto?=
+
+(_a_) _To put on_ is translated by the reflexive =ponerse=.
+
+_They are torn, I know, but I put them on fully aware of it._
+
+=Estan rotas, sí, pero me las he puesto con todo conocimiento.=
+
+--PALACIO VALDÉS.
+
+_Note._--Cf. _to have on_, =tener puesto=, =-a=, =-os=, =-as=.
+
+_They had their hats on._
+
+=Tenían puestos los sombreros.=
+
+(_b_) _To put in_ (add) is =añadir=; _to put in mind of_ is rendered
+=recordar=; _to put in time_ is =gastar= or =pasar tiempo=.
+
+_This house puts me in mind of the house where I was born. I should like
+to put in a few weeks here._
+
+=Esta casa me recuerda la casa en donde nací yo. Quisiera pasar unas
+semanas aquí.=
+
+_The lemonade is not very sweet. Put in a little more sugar._
+
+=No es muy dulce la limonada. Añada usted un poco de azúcar.=
+
+
+=120.= =EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. Apunte usted todo lo que yo le voy a decir pues ya sé que tiene
+Vd. corta memoria. 2. Vuelva Vd. a poner todas esas cosas en donde
+estaban. 3. Guarda tus libros en este cajón. 4. Ya van a apagar las
+luces. Salgamos antes de que nos echen a la calle. 5. Me olvidé de poner
+por escrito sus señas en cuanto me las dió. 6. Ponte este vestido. Te
+cae más bien que aquél. 7. La llegada inesperada de tantos amigos a la
+vez estorbó no poco a la señora. 8. Extendió la mano para recibir la
+limosna. 9. Apaga esa luz que aquí se puede ver bastante bien sin ella.
+10. Si, fuera yo usted no me estorbaría por ellos.
+
+(_b_) 1. I must put it down before I forget it. 2. The children have
+gone to bed without putting their toys away. 3. Put a little more water
+in (=a=) the tea. 4. There is much sickness in that family. They put it
+down (=atribuir=) to the water from that well. 5. We hoped to finish
+before night, but the rain has put us back. 6. Shall I put the lamp on
+this table? (_Use present tense of verb._) 7. If we don't let her know
+that we are coming, we may put her out. 8. He put the knife back into
+his pocket when he saw that we didn't need to cut the string. 9. The
+wind had put out all the lights, but it had not put out the fire. 10. Do
+you think they will be able to put down the revolution that has broken
+out in the southern provinces?
+
+
+
+
+LESSON XL
+
+_Do (donde) el honor muerto está no hay ya de vida esperanza._[40]
+
+--GIL Y ZÁRATE.
+
+
+=121.= _To strike_ in the sense of _to hit_ is =pegar=; _to strike against_
+is =dar contra=; _to strike the hour_ is =dar la hora=; _to strike_ (cease
+work) is =declararse en huelga=.
+
+_It was I who struck him the blow with the ax._
+
+=Yo fuí quien le pegué el hachazo.=--JOSÉ MÁRMOL.
+
+_Has it struck ten yet?_
+
+=¿Han dado ya las diez?=
+
+_He struck his head against the door and hurt himself cruelly._
+
+=Dió con la cabeza contra la puerta y se lastimó cruelmente.=
+
+_All the employes of the railroads have struck._
+
+=Todos los empleados de las empresas ferroviarias se han declarado en
+huelga.=
+
+
+=122.= Spanish =vez= meaning _time_ (see section 59) occurs in many
+adverbial phrases which in English do not always contain the word
+_time_. So, =otra vez=, _again_; =a la vez=, _at once_, _at the same time_,
+_together_; =de una vez y para siempre=, _once and for all_; =tal vez=,
+_perhaps_; =en vez de=, _instead of_; =rara vez=, _rarely_, _seldom_; =cada
+vez más=, _more and more_.
+
+_That surprised me and at the same time amused me._
+
+=Eso me sorprendió y a la vez me hacía gracía.=
+
+--PALACIO VALDÉS.
+
+_Of thirteen or fourteen stones all thrown together, wouldn't one hit
+him?_
+
+=De trece o catorce piedras todas lanzadas a la vez, ¿no había de tocarle
+una?=--EMILIA PARDO BAZÁN.
+
+_I will answer you once and for all._
+
+=Yo os responderé de una vez y para siempre.=--ESCRICH.
+
+_He rarely entered the Casino. He had no time to spare._
+
+=Entró rara vez en el Casino. No le sobraba tiempo.=
+
+--EMILIA PARDO BAZÁN.
+
+_Instead of saying "I'm not going," I take my hat and go._
+
+=En vez de decir--no voy--tomo el sombrero y me voy.=
+
+--JUAN VALERA.
+
+_And so once here he insisted that we should stay a few days._
+
+=Con que una vez aquí, se empeñó en que quedásemos unos pocos
+días.=--ECHEGARAY.
+
+
+=123.= The verb _to start_ is rendered =comenzar=, =empezar=, =principiar=,
+=ponerse a=, when the meaning is _to begin_. Meaning _to set in motion_ it
+is translated =poner en movimiento=. In the sense of _to leave_, _depart_,
+it is rendered =ponerse en marcha= or =en camino=, or =partir=. _To start
+from_ is rendered =arrancar de=.
+
+_"With much pleasure," I said, and I started to unload._
+
+=Con mucho gusto, dije, y me puse a descargar.=--ALARCÓN.
+
+_Scarcely had he started the engine when it stopped again._
+
+=No bien hubo puesto en movimiento la máquina cuando volvió a pararse.=
+
+_The train starts from the north station._
+
+=El tren arranca de la estación del norte.=
+
+_The vehicle started at full speed._
+
+=El vehículo se puso en marcha a toda velocidad.=
+
+--BLASCO IBÁÑEZ.
+
+
+=124.= =EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. Es necesario que no salgamos a la vez. 2. En vez de marcharse
+por la noche se largó de madrugada. 3. No necesita usted hablarle otra
+vez. 4. Es algo que tal vez sea una alucinación, pero lo he notado. 5.
+Me pegó sin que yo le hubiera dicho nada. 6. En los últimos meses del
+año pasado se declararon en huelga más de siete mil obreros. 7. El tren
+estaba para ponerse en marcha. 8. Al oír lo que le dijimos nosotros se
+puso a correr hacia la aldea. 9. Antes arrancaba el tren de esta
+estación, pero ya no. 10. Al oír que daban las tres en el reloj del
+cabildo, todos se pusieron a caminar hacia el palacio.
+
+(_b_) 1. It is not right for them to strike now. 2. Starting from (=a
+partir de=) to-day I must start for school at eight o'clock. 3. Half an
+hour later they succeeded in starting the machine. 4. Perhaps you will
+have more time next time. 5. She became more and more tired as she
+approached the end of her journey. 6. Do you remember the last time the
+coal miners struck? 7. It strikes me (=se me ocurre=) that it would be
+better to finish it now once and for all. 8. Instead of starting at
+half-past seven they waited until after it had struck eight. 9. They all
+called me at once, but I was more and more determined not to go with
+them. 10. He struck him a blow with a whip, but the horse would not
+start.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON XLI
+
+_Para los grandes intentos son los grandes corazones._[41]
+
+--NUÑEZ DE ARCE.
+
+
+=125.= The verb _to do_ is generally =hacer=. Used as an auxiliary in
+interrogative or negative sentences it is untranslated.
+
+_Now that he is here let him see what he has to do._
+
+=Ya que está aquí que vea lo que tiene que hacer.=
+
+--BENAVENTE.
+
+_Didn't I tell you? Do you think she is happy?_
+
+=¿No te lo decía yo? ¿Crees que sea feliz?=--JOSÉ DE LARRA.
+
+(_a_) In the sense of _to be enough_, _to do_ is rendered =bastar=.
+Meaning _to serve as_, _be good for_, it is translated =servir= (=de=).
+
+_That will do. You have taken too much time already._
+
+=Basta. Ya ha ocupado usted demasiado tiempo.=
+
+_I have no letter paper. Will this postcard do?_
+
+=No tengo papel de cartas. ¿Servirá esta tarjeta postal?=
+
+_If it rains, this newspaper will do for an umbrella._
+
+=Si llueve, este diario nos servirá de paraguas.=
+
+
+=126.= In addition to the adverbial expressions given in the preceding
+lessons the following are important:
+
+_by day_, =de día=
+
+_by night_, =de noche=
+
+_at daybreak_, =al amanecer=
+
+_at nightfall_, =al anochecer=
+
+_in the morning_, =por la mañana=
+
+_in the afternoon_, =por la tarde=
+
+_in the evening_ (or _at night_), =por la noche=
+
+_day by day_, _from day to day_, =de día en día=
+
+_a week from to-day_, =de hoy en ocho días=
+
+_two weeks from to-day_, =de hoy en quince días=
+
+_at six o'clock_, =a las seis=
+
+_at six o'clock sharp_, =a las seis en punto=
+
+_at a little after six_, =a eso de las seis=, or =a las seis y pico=
+
+_about six o'clock_, =como a las seis=
+
+_within a few minutes_, _in a few minutes_, =dentro de pocos minutos=,
+=a los pocos minutos=
+
+_Note._--When the hour is mentioned, the phrases _in the morning_, _in
+the afternoon_, etc., are rendered =de la mañana=, =de la tarde=. So _at
+six in the morning_, =a las seis de la mañana=.
+
+_At night there were banquets on board._
+
+=Por la noche hubo banquetes abordo.=--BLASCO IBÁÑEZ.
+
+_Within two months after entering the army he was a sergeant._
+
+=A los dos meses de haber entrado en el ejército era sargento.=
+
+--BLASCO IBÁÑEZ.
+
+_One afternoon at a little after five the robbers returned._
+
+=Una tarde a eso de las cinco los ladrones regresaron.=
+
+--ALARCÓN.
+
+_Day by day he feared that she would find him out._
+
+=De día en día temía que le descubriese.=--BLASCO IBÁÑEZ.
+
+
+=127.= =EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. Todas las noches a eso de las once me dirigía hacia aquella
+calle. 2. A los pocos días supe que habían llegado. 3. ¿Qué te parece?
+¿Servirá éste? 4. Por la mañana trabajo, por la tarde y por la noche me
+divierto. 5. Le dije que tendría mucho gusto en hacer lo que me acababa
+de pedir. 6. Al amanecer llegó uno de los soldados para decirnos que la
+compañía se pondría en marcha a las ocho en punto. 7. Como son malos de
+día y de noche no tienen más que malos pensamientos. 8. Los alimentos
+que tenemos son pocos y malos, pero creo que bastarán para los que
+tienen mucha hambre. 9. ¿Lo han comprado ellos? No quieren comprarlo?
+10. Esta roca llana nos servirá de mesa. 11. Tenemos que hacerlo antes
+de hoy en quince días.
+
+(_b_) 1. I want him to be here about eight o'clock. 2. I shall not have
+time to do all that I wanted to do. It is a little after one now. 3. I
+have only a small knife. Will that do? 4. It has struck four. Didn't
+they say that they would be here at four exactly? 5. This newspaper will
+do for a tablecloth. 6. At what time did the accident occur? At a little
+after six in the morning. 7. Day by day they had more to do. They worked
+more by day than by night. 8. He wants to wait until a week from
+Tuesday, but that will _never_ do (_never_ is here only an emphatic
+_not_). 9. This ink won't do. It's green. 10. They woke me a little bit
+after eight to ask me what they should do.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON XLII
+
+_La mentira es siempre cobarde._[42]
+
+--LOS QUINTERO.
+
+
+=REVIEW EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. It is _the one_ who _told_ you a _little_ while ago that you
+had dropped something. 2. I don't _like_ children. They _turn_
+everything upside down. 3. What _can_ he be doing that he doesn't come?
+4. "_Can_ the dog be mad?" the man wondered. 5. Who _could_ have spilled
+the milk? 6. _Take_ this. It _takes up_ too much room in this drawer. 7.
+The boy _took off_ his hat when the old man spoke to him. 8. Don't you
+_ever pass_ my house on the _way_ to your office? 9. It is a pity that
+he will not _take advantage_ of your offer. 10. Why do you never _pay
+attention to_ what I say to you?
+
+(_b_) 1. I advised him not _to pay_ for it, but he _paid no attention_
+to my advice. 2. It _turned out_ that they _wanted_ to _start_ earlier.
+3. They were small and _at the same time_ they cost too much. 4.
+_Perhaps_ if you _turn_ the glass _over_ you will find what you are
+_looking for_. 5. At that _very_ moment we saw him _turn_ the corner and
+come _toward_ us. 6. To whom shall I _turn_, now that my best friend has
+deserted me? 7. Has your purse _turned up_ yet? 8. He arrived at
+twelve-thirty _sharp_, and told us that he had _taken steps_ to prevent
+any accident. 9. It is a good rule to work _by day_ and rest _by night_.
+10. Has it _struck_ one yet? Well, then, we need not _wait for_ them
+_any longer_.
+
+(_c_) 1. This is the old man who used _to ring_ the church bell. 2. The
+workmen in that factory are not satisfied with their pay. It is feared
+that they will _strike_. 3. _But_ do you think it _could have been_ my
+book that was burned? 4. _Put_ the things here and don't _put yourself
+out_ any more _for_ me. 6. It's too bad that it is so cold. This will
+_put_ the crops _back_. 7. _Put_ your shoes _on_. It is too cold to wear
+slippers. 8. Are you going to _put on_ your white dress? I don't _like_
+the one you _have on_. 9. That will _do_ for the present. But we shall
+_want_ a larger one later. 10. I don't _like_ to work _at night_ when _I
+am sleepy_.
+
+
+=GENERAL REVIEW EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. _Here's_ my card. And what is _your_ name? 2. _Does_ the noise
+_keep_ you from sleeping? 3. He hasn't any change, nor I _either_. 4. I
+don't _like_ velvet. It isn't stylish _any longer_. 5. If I _have made a
+mistake_, I _ask_ you to pardon me. 6. _There! Now_ everything is ready.
+7. _Help yourself_ to vegetables. 8. We are taking this journey _just_
+for pleasure. 9. I _think_ we shall _get there in time_ if we hurry. 10.
+She _gets up now_ and _goes out to take a walk_ in the garden when it
+_is_ not too cold. 11. _What is_ her husband's mother _like_? 12. I
+can't _stand_ the life in the city when it _is so_ hot.
+
+(_b_) 1. I _miss all_ that we used to have _before_ we _left_ our
+country home. 2. At each step that we _took_ our shoes _got_ dirtier. 3.
+The rain beats _hard_ against the window panes. 4. Have you known them
+long? I have only known them a few months myself. 5. Listen! It's
+_striking_ twelve. We must _go now_. 6. My duties have _kept_ me from
+going to see him. 7. Have you a railroad guide? Yes. _Here_ it is. _But_
+it is an old _one_. 8. Turn into the glass _all_ that the bottle won't
+_hold_. 9. We are _getting near_ the city _now_, aren't we? 10. _Will_
+you _please_ come _this way_, gentlemen. The others are waiting for you.
+11. _Now_ we _have only_ two things _left to ask for_.
+
+(_c_) 1. _Since_ his son went to war he has _to take_ his morning walk
+alone. 2. They would never _make fun of_ a _poor_ young man who _wanted_
+to _help_ them _because_ he _thought_ they were _poor_. _From day to
+day_ she _was_ afraid he would discover it and _go away_ from her. 4.
+_Two days after getting_ her letter he found out everything that had
+happened. 5. _Let_ them _think_ what they _will_, it doesn't matter to
+me. 6. He _wants_ me now more than _ever_. I _will_ spend my whole life
+_taking care of_ him. 7. You _needn't do_ that again. I will do it
+myself. 8. But I _do_ appreciate this young man! 9. _But even so_ he had
+_succeeded_ in _getting together_ the respectable sum of forty thousand
+francs. 10. He _got into_ the automobile hastily, anxious to _get away_.
+11. The vehicle _started_ at full speed _because_ the driver _knew_ that
+he would _have to hurry_ if he _wanted_ to _get to_ the station _before_
+the train _left_.
+
+(_d_) 1. _Within_ a few days he felt great esteem for the new employe.
+2. _Do_ what you _will_ but _don't_ talk to me _about_ them. 3. One day
+the oldest daughter _appeared_ at the farm and said she _wanted_ to see
+her mother. 4. One day when they saw him _alone_ they _went up_ to him
+and _asked_ him where he was going. 5. It was useless to _have_ teachers
+come _for_ him. Nobody could _get_ him to study. 6. He _told_ his
+relatives of the great fortune that he _had just_ inherited. 7. He
+wished to _appear before_ them _as_ a millionaire. 8. He couldn't
+_stand_ it that his _only_ daughter should _grow up like_ a boy. 9. If I
+_only_ had what my father gives me, I shouldn't have much. 10. And
+finally he _asked_ me the same _question_, _wondering_ that the idea had
+not occurred to him _before_. 11. _Can_ it be that this is the _last_
+sentence that we are to write?
+
+
+
+
+APPENDIX
+
+
+TO BE
+
+to be, =estar= _when location or temporary state is expressed, otherwise_
+=ser=.
+
+to be able to, =poder=.
+
+to be about to, =estar para=.
+
+to be accustomed to, =acostumbrarse a=, =soler= (_used only in the present
+and the imperfect, rd. ch._).
+
+to be astonished, =pasmarse=.
+
+to be at one's ease, =estar a sus anchas=.
+
+to be back, =estar de vuelta=.
+
+to be better to, =valer más=.
+
+to be born, =nacer=.
+
+to be composed of, =constar de=.
+
+to be enough, =bastar=.
+
+to be for (_used for_), =servir para=.
+
+to be glad, =alegrarse=, =celebrar=.
+
+to be ignorant of, =ignorar=.
+
+to be out (_not at home_), =no estar en casa=.
+
+to be out (_lights, fires_), =estar apagado=.
+
+to be out of, without, =estar sin=.
+
+to be sorry, =sentir=.
+
+to be up (_in the morning_), =estar levantado=.
+
+to be up (_not gone to bed_), =no haberse acostado=, =velar=.
+
+
+TO DO
+
+to do away with, =abolir=, =deshacerse de=.
+
+to do for oneself (_earn one's living_), =ganar la vida=.
+
+to do one's best, =esmerarse=, =hacer lo posible=.
+
+to do well (_be prosperous_), =prosperar=.
+
+to do without, =pasar sin=.
+
+
+TO GO
+
+to go astray, =extraviarse=, =descarriarse=.
+
+to go beyond (_be more than_), =pasar más allá de=, =exceder=.
+
+to go crazy, =volverse loco=.
+
+to go hard with, =pasarle mal a uno=.
+
+to go into (_be contained in_), =caber en=.
+
+to go off well _or_ ill, =salir bien= _or_ =mal=.
+
+to go on (_continue_), =hacer progresos=.
+
+to go one's way, =seguir el camino=.
+
+to go over (_review_), =repasar=.
+
+to go to ruin, =echarse a perder=.
+
+go on! =¡vaya!= =¡anda!= =¡quita!=
+
+how goes it? =¿qué tal?=
+
+
+TO GET
+
+to get a lesson, =aprender= _or_ =estudiar una lección=.
+
+to get at (_begin_), =ponerse a=, =meterse a=.
+
+to get behind (_lose ground_), =perder terreno=, =quedar atras.=
+
+to get hold of (_seize_), =asir=, =agarrar=, =apoderarse de=.
+
+to get lost, =extraviarse=, =perderse=.
+
+to get off (_start_), =partir=, =marcharse=, =irse=, =ponerse en marcha=.
+
+to get off (_escape_), =escaparse=.
+
+to get off (_be exonerated_), =lograr a exonerarse=.
+
+to get on (_be successful_), =tener buena suerte=, =tener éxito=.
+
+to get on with (_continue_), =seguir=, =continuar= (_see_ to get along
+with).
+
+to get one's bearings, =orientarse=.
+
+to get over (_recover from_), =recobrar de=, =restablecerse de= (_illnesses,
+losses_), =dejar= (_timidity, fear, modesty, etc._).
+
+to get ready, =preparar=, =aparejarse= (_said of people getting themselves
+ready_).
+
+to get time, =hallar el tiempo=.
+
+to get tired, =cansarse=.
+
+to get to be, =llegar a ser=.
+
+to get wind of, =llegar a saber de=, =recibir informes de=.
+
+get up! =¡arriba!= (_to people_), =¡arre!= (_to animals_).
+
+
+TO GIVE
+
+to give evidence, =atestiguar=.
+
+to give notice _or_ warning, =avisar=, =advertir=, (_in sense of_ warn)
+=poner sobre aviso=.
+
+to give one's mind to a thing, =aplicarse bien a una cosa=.
+
+to give the slip to, =escapar=.
+
+to give trouble, =incomodar=, =hacer que hacer a=.
+
+
+TO GROW
+
+to grow larger, =dilatarse=, =ponerse más grande=.
+
+to grow longer, =extenderse=.
+
+to grow richer, =enriquecer=, =hacerse rico=.
+
+to grow young again, =remozarse=.
+
+
+TO HOLD
+
+to hold (_be of the opinion_), =juzgar=, =mantener la opinión=.
+
+to hold (_possess_), =tener=, =poseer=.
+
+to hold (_be valid_), =ser válido=.
+
+to hold (_be strong enough not to give way_), =tener fuerza=, =tener
+solidez=.
+
+to hold on (_not to let go of a thing seized_), =no dejar una cosa=.
+
+to hold off (_delay an action_), =hesitar=, =diferir una acción=.
+
+to hold one's tongue, =callarse=.
+
+to hold up (_raise_), =alzar=, =levantar=.
+
+
+TO KEEP
+
+to keep accounts, =llevar cuentas=.
+
+to keep at, =persistir en=, =perseverar en=.
+
+to keep awake (_not to go to sleep_), =quedar despierto=.
+
+to keep somebody awake, =impedir el dormir a alguien=.
+
+to keep books (_commercial_), =tener libros=, =llevar libros=.
+
+to keep down (_keep in subjection_), =sujetar=.
+
+to keep down (_keep in moderation_), =moderar=.
+
+to keep house, =manejar la casa=.
+
+to keep hold of, =no dejar=.
+
+to keep in sight, =tener a la vista=.
+
+to keep in touch with, =no perder comunicación con=.
+
+to keep out of sight, =no dejarse ver=.
+
+to keep to, =adherir a=.
+
+to keep watch, velar, =vigilar=.
+
+to keep up, =no cesar=, =continuar=.
+
+
+TO LET
+
+to let (_houses, etc._), =arrendar=, =alquilar=.
+
+to let a word fall, =soltar una palabra=.
+
+to let go (_loosen hold on_), =soltar=.
+
+to let off (_guns, etc._), =disparar=.
+
+to let off (_excuse_), =excusar=, =exonerar=.
+
+
+TO MAKE
+
+to make a long story short, =para abreviar=.
+
+to make amends, =compensar=, =indemnizar=.
+
+to make a mistake, =equivocarse=.
+
+to make angry, =enfadar=, =enojar=, =poner rabioso=, =dar rabia a=.
+
+to make a point clear, =sacar en limpio un punto=.
+
+to make believe, =fingir=, =pretender=.
+
+to make for (_contribute toward_), =contribuir a=.
+
+to make good (_be successful_), =tener buena suerta=, =tener buen éxito=.
+
+to make good (_prove_), =probar=.
+
+to make good a promise, =cumplir con una promesa=.
+
+to make head or tail of, =llegar a comprender=.
+
+to make known, =hacer saber=, =dar a conocer=, =enterar=.
+
+to make light of, =no hacer caso de=, =menospreciar=.
+
+to make no difference, =no importar=.
+
+to make one's escape, =escaparse=, =salvarse huyendo=.
+
+to make out (_come to understand_), =llegar a comprender=.
+
+to make out (_be able to read_), =descifrar=.
+
+to make sense of, =hallar sentido a=.
+
+to make use of, =servirse de=, =emplear=.
+
+
+TO MISS
+
+to miss an opportunity, =perder una oportunidad=.
+
+to miss the mark, =no dar en el blanco=, =errar el tiro=.
+
+to miss the significance of, =no llegar a comprender=.
+
+to miss the train, =perder el tren=.
+
+
+TO PUT
+
+to put forward (_one's best foot_), =hacer todo lo posible=.
+
+to put oneself forward (_try to attract notice_), =tratar de atraer la
+atención=.
+
+to put in (_insert_), =insertar=.
+
+to put into words, =expresar en palabras=.
+
+to put off (_postpone_), =posponer=, =diferir=, =dejar por otro tiempo=.
+
+to put a person off (_make him wait_), =hacerle a una persona que espere=.
+
+to put out of joint, =dislocar=.
+
+to put to death, =matar=, =quitarle a uno la vida=.
+
+to put to flight, =hacer huir=.
+
+to put together, =juntar=, =acumular=.
+
+to put up (_put away temporarily_), =guardar=, =dejar=.
+
+to put up at (_stop at_), =pararse en=, =alojarse en=.
+
+to put up fruits, =conservar frutas=, =hacer conservas=.
+
+to put up money, =avanzar dinero=.
+
+to put up to (_leave decision to_), =dejar a=.
+
+to put up to (_incite to_), =incitar a=, =instigar a=.
+
+to put up with (_bear, suffer_), =sufrir=, =aguantar=, =tolerar=.
+
+
+TO RUN
+
+to run, =correr=.
+
+to run across (_find_), =dar con=, =tropezar con=.
+
+to run a machine, =manejar una máquina=.
+
+to run against (_bump into_), =dar contra=, =chocar con=.
+
+to run against (_oppose_), =oponer a=.
+
+to run ahead, =ir= _or_ =correr adelante=.
+
+to run along (_be situated along_), =extenderse a lo largo de=.
+
+to run away, =escaparse=, =huirse=.
+
+to run away with a thing, =llevarse una cosa=.
+
+to run away with (_get the better of_), =apoderarse de=.
+
+to run back, =volver corriendo=.
+
+to run down (_clock or machine_), =parar=.
+
+to run down (_find, overtake_), =hallar=, =alcanzar=.
+
+to run down (_speak ill of_), =calumniar=, =enviliar=.
+
+to run in the blood, =estar en el sangre=.
+
+to run out (_be all used up_), =acabarse=, =concluirse=.
+
+to run out of, =estar sin=, =acabársele a uno=.
+
+to run over a list, =repasar una lista=, =mirar atentamente=.
+
+to run up an account, =incurrir una cuenta=.
+
+to run up figures, =sumar números=.
+
+to run up prices, =aumentar precios=.
+
+to run up and down, =correr por todas partes=.
+
+
+TO STAND
+
+to stand the expense of, =pagar los gastos de=.
+
+to stand alone, =estar solo=, =ser el único de su clase=.
+
+to stand aloof, =mantenerse lejos=.
+
+to stand by (_be near_), =estar cerca=, =hallarse presente=.
+
+to stand by (_help_), =ayudar=, =auxiliar=.
+
+to stand for, (_represent_), =representar=.
+
+to stand for (_signify, indicate_), =significar=, =indicar=.
+
+to stand in one's light (_literally_), =quitarle a uno la luz=;
+(_figuratively_), =causarle a uno perjuicio=.
+
+to stand in need of, =necesitar=, =tener necesidad de=.
+
+to stand one in good stead, =ser útil a uno=, =ser de buen provecho a uno=.
+
+to stand off (_be at some distance_), =mantenerse a algun distancia=.
+
+to stand on tip-toe, =ponerse de puntillas=.
+
+to stand to reason, =conformar a razón=, =ser conforme a razón=.
+
+to stand up for (_defend_), =defender=, =apoyar=.
+
+to stand upon ceremony, =gastar ceremonias= _or_ =cumplimientos=, =hacer
+ceremonias=.
+
+to stand upon one's right, =insistir en sus derechos=.
+
+
+TO SET
+
+to set at naught, =tener en nada=.
+
+to set a time, =señalar un tiempo=.
+
+to set back (_retard_), =atrasar=.
+
+to set forth, show, =manifestar=, =promulgar=.
+
+to set off (_beautify_), =embellecer=.
+
+to set on (_incite_), =incitar=.
+
+to set one thinking, =hacerle a uno pensar=.
+
+to set oneself against something, =oponerse a algo=.
+
+to set on fire, =pegar fuego a=.
+
+to set store by, =dar importancia a=.
+
+to set prices, =fijar precios=.
+
+to set right, =corregir=, =rectificar=.
+
+to set up in business, =establecerse=.
+
+to set upon (_attack_), =atacar=, =acometer=.
+
+
+TO SEE
+
+to see a joke, =caer en un chiste=.
+
+to see (_call upon, visit_), =visitar=.
+
+to see into (_investigate_), =examinar=, =investigar=.
+
+to see into (_understand_), =comprender=.
+
+to see some one home, =acompañar a uno a casa=.
+
+
+TO TAKE
+
+to take after (_resemble_), =salir a=.
+
+to take an oath, =jurar=, =hacer juramento=.
+
+to take apart, =deshacer=, =separar=, despegar.
+
+to take a liking to, =aficionarse a=, =llegar a querer=.
+
+to take a course in, =cursar=.
+
+to take a hint, =darse por entendido=.
+
+to take a photograph, =sacar una fotografía=, =retratar=.
+
+to take fright, =asustarse=.
+
+to take a trip, =hacer un viaje=.
+
+to take care, =cuidar=.
+
+to take care of, =cuidar=, =tener cuidado de=.
+
+to take charge of, =encargarse de=, =tomar a su cargo=.
+
+to take down (_make a note of_), =apuntar=, =hacer apuntes=.
+
+to take for granted, =dar por supuesto=.
+
+to take hold (_seize_), =agarrar=, =asir=.
+
+to take hold (_assume responsibilities_), =cargarse de=, =tomar a su cargo=.
+
+to take in (_include_), =incluir=.
+
+to take in (_deceive_), =engañar=.
+
+to take something into one's head, =ponérsele a uno en la cabeza=,
+=occurrírsele a uno=.
+
+to take long, =necesitar mucho tiempo=, =tardar en=.
+
+to take notice, =poner atención=, =hacer caso de=.
+
+to take offense, =ofenderse=, =picarse=.
+
+to take out, =sacar=.
+
+to take pains, =darse pena=, =esmerarse en=.
+
+to take pleasure in, =tener gusto en=.
+
+to take to pieces, =hacer pedazos=, =deshacer=, =despegar=.
+
+
+TO STRIKE
+
+to strike one (_occur to one_), =occurrírsele a uno=.
+
+to strike a bargain, =hacer un convenio=, =cerrar un trato=.
+
+to strike a balance, =hacer un balance=.
+
+to strike at, =lanzar un golpe a=.
+
+to strike back, =dar golpe por golpe=.
+
+to strike home (_hit a sensitive spot_), =dar en el hito=.
+
+to strike out (_cancel_), =borrar=, =cancelar=.
+
+to strike up a tune, =tocar= _or_ =tañer una melodia=.
+
+
+TO TURN
+
+to turn away (_refuse admission to_), =no dejar entrar=, =hacer a uno que
+se vaya=.
+
+to turn down (_refuse_), =negar=, =rehusar=.
+
+to turn down (_fold over_), =doblar=, =plegar=.
+
+to turn in (_deliver, hand in_), =entregar=.
+
+to turn off (_water, gas, etc._), =cerrar la canilla= _or_ =la llave del
+agua=, =del gas=, _etc._
+
+to turn one's head, =trastornarle a uno la cabeza=.
+
+to turn over a new leaf, =enmendarse=, =empezar a vivir vida nueva=.
+
+to turn over to, =traspasar a=, =transferir a=.
+
+to turn to account _or_ advantage, =sacar utilidad=, =ventaja= _or_ =provecho
+de=.
+
+to turn upon (_attack_), =atacar=.
+
+to turn upon (_depend upon_), =depender de=, =fundarse en=.
+
+
+TO LOOK
+
+to look down upon (_despise_), =menospreciar=, =despreciar=.
+
+to look out (_be on one's guard_), =estar sobre aviso=.
+
+to look over (_examine_), =examinar=, =repasar=.
+
+to look to (_for help, favors, etc._), =esperar de=.
+
+to look up to (_respect_), =respetar=.
+
+to look well (_seem to be in good health_), =parecer estar bien de salud=.
+
+to look well (_have a pleasing appearance_) (_clothes_), =sentar bien=,
+=caer bien=.
+
+to look well (_seem fitting or proper_), =ser conveniente=.
+
+
+TO PAY
+
+to pay back (_take revenge for_), =pagar en la misma moneda=.
+
+to pay cash, =pagar al contado=.
+
+to pay attention to a lady, =cortejar= _or_ =galantear a una señora=.
+
+to pay a call, =hacer una visita=.
+
+to pay in full, =pagar por completo=.
+
+to pay on the installment plan, =pagar a plazos=.
+
+to pay off employees, =despedir= _or_ =despachar empleados=.
+
+
+TO PASS
+
+to pass on to (_hand over to_), =entregar a=.
+
+to pass off (_disappear_), =disiparse=.
+
+to pass off as (_treat as_), =tratar de=.
+
+to pass oneself off as, =darse por=.
+
+to pass sentence, =pronunciar sentencia=.
+
+
+TO PLAY
+
+to play a trick _or_ joke, =hacer una mala pasada= _or_ =jugada=.
+
+to play the fool, =hacer el tonto=; _so also_ to play _or_ act blind,
+=ciego=; deaf, =sordo=; lame, =cojo=, _etc._
+
+to play truant, =hacer novillos=.
+
+
+
+
+
+SPANISH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
+
+
+A
+
+=a=, at, to, in, by, from.
+
+=abajo=, under, below, down.
+
+=abatir=, to overthrow, defeat, cast down.
+
+=abecedario=, _m._, alphabet.
+
+=abeja=, _f._, bee.
+
+=abordo=, on board.
+
+=abrigo=, _m._, overcoat.
+
+=abrir=, to open.
+
+=absolutamente=, absolutely.
+
+=absurdo=, =-a=, absurd.
+
+=absurdos=, _m. pl._, absurdities.
+
+=abuela=, _f._, grandmother.
+
+=abuelito=, _m._, granddaddy.
+
+=abuelo=, _m._, grandfather.
+
+=acá=, here (_with verb of motion_).
+
+=acabar=, to finish; =---- de= (_followed by the infin._), to have just;
+=--se=, to give out (_section 50_), be exhausted.
+
+=acaecer=, to happen.
+
+=aceptar=, to accept.
+
+=acercarse=, to approach.
+
+=acertar=, to succeed.
+
+=ácido=, _m._, acid.
+
+=aclarar=, to clear up, explain.
+
+=acompañar=, to accompany, go with.
+
+=acordarse=, to remember.
+
+=acostarse=, to go to bed.
+
+=acuerdo=, _m._, accord, harmony; =de---- con=, in accord with.
+
+=adelante=, forward; =de ahí en---- =, from this time on; =en---- =,
+henceforth, from now on.
+
+=adiós=, good-by.
+
+=admirarse (de)=, to wonder at (_section 103_).
+
+=¿adónde?=, where to?
+
+=adondequiera=, wherever.
+
+=adorar=, to adore, love.
+
+=adquirir=, to acquire.
+
+=adverso=, =-a=, adverse.
+
+=advertir=, to advise, give notice of, warn.
+
+=afición (a)=, _f._, fondness, liking for, inclination toward.
+
+=afirmar=, to affirm, assert.
+
+=afortunado=, =-a=, fortunate.
+
+=agradable=, agreeable.
+
+=agradar (a)=, to please (_section 67_).
+
+=agradecer=, to oblige.
+
+=agradecido=, =-a=, obliged.
+
+=agrio=, =-a=, sour.
+
+=agua=, _f._, water.
+
+=aguantar=, to bear, endure, stand.
+
+=ahí=, there.
+
+=ahora=, now.
+
+=ahorrar=, to save, conserve.
+
+=aire=, _m._, air.
+
+=ajeno=, =-a=, strange, belonging to some one else.
+
+=al=, _contraction of_ =a= _and_ =el=; _see_ =a=.
+
+=ala=, _f._, wing.
+
+=alarmar=, to alarm.
+
+=alcanzar=, to overtake.
+
+=aldea=, _f._, village.
+
+=alegrarse=, to be glad.
+
+=alegría=, _f._, joy, happiness.
+
+=alfrombra=, _f._, carpet.
+
+=algo=, something, anything, somewhat.
+
+=alguien=, somebody.
+
+=alguno=, =-a=, some, any (=algún= _before m. sing. nouns_).
+
+=alimento,= _m._, food.
+
+=allá=, there (_with verbs of motion, or to denote indefinite place
+where_).
+
+=allí=, there, in that place.
+
+=almacén=, _m._, store, storehouse.
+
+=almuerzo=, _m._, breakfast.
+
+=alquilar=, to rent.
+
+=altitud=, _f._, height, altitude.
+
+=alto=, =-a=, high; =a lo---- de=, at the top of.
+
+=alucinación=, _f._, hallucination, fancy.
+
+=alumno=, _m._, pupil, student.
+
+=amable=, _m. and f._, kind.
+
+=amanecer=, _m._, daybreak, dawn.
+
+=amar=, to love.
+
+=ambos=, =-as=, both.
+
+=amigo=, =-a=, friend.
+
+=amparar=, to help, protect.
+
+=amplio=, =-a=, ample, wide.
+
+=anciana=, _f._, old woman.
+
+=ancho=, =-a=, wide.
+
+=anchura=, _f._, width.
+
+=andar=, to walk.
+
+=andén=, _m._, platform (_station_).
+
+=anécdota=, _f._, anecdote.
+
+=animado=, =-a=, animated, lively, cheerful.
+
+=anoche=, last night.
+
+=anochecer=, _m._, nightfall, twilight.
+
+=ante=, before, in the presence of; =---- todo=, above all.
+
+=antes=, before, formerly; =---- que=, before (_conj._); =---- de=, before
+(_prep. of time_).
+
+=anunciar=, to announce.
+
+=añadir=, to add, put in.
+
+=año=, _m._, year.
+
+=apagar=, to put out, extinguish; =--se=, to go out, be extinguished
+(_section 117_).
+
+=aparecer=, to appear.
+
+=apartar=, to put aside; =--se=, to stand aside, get out of the way.
+
+=apenas=, hardly, scarcely.
+
+=apoderarse (de)=, to take possession of.
+
+=apoyo=, _m._, help, support.
+
+=aprender=, to learn.
+
+=aprestar=, to get ready, prepare for.
+
+=aprobar=, to approve, pass (_in examination_).
+
+=aprovecharse (de)=, take advantage of.
+
+=apuntar=, to make a note of, put down.
+
+=apurarse=, to worry.
+
+=apuro=, _m._, trouble, difficulty, worry.
+
+=aquel=, =aquella=, that (_demons. adj._).
+
+=aquél=, =aquélla=, that, that one (_demons. pron._).
+
+=aquí=, here (_section 29_).
+
+=árbol=, _m._, tree.
+
+=argentino=, =-a=, Argentine.
+
+=arrancar=, to start (_from_), to pull out.
+
+=arriba=, up, above.
+
+=asiento=, _m._, seat.
+
+=asistencia=, _f._, people present, guests, spectators.
+
+=asistir a=, to be present at, attend.
+
+=asomar=, to appear.
+
+=asunto=, _m._, affair, business, matter.
+
+=atacar=, to attack.
+
+=atraer=, to attract.
+
+=atreverse=, to dare.
+
+=atribuir=, to attribute, put down to.
+
+=atroz=, _m. and f._, terrible, atrocious.
+
+=aun=, yet, still (_accented when it follows the word modified_).
+
+=aunque=, although.
+
+=automóvil=, _m._, automobile.
+
+=autor=, _m._, author.
+
+=aventura=, adventure.
+
+=avergonzarse=, to be ashamed.
+
+=ayer=, yesterday.
+
+=ayudar=, to help.
+
+=ayudo=, _m._, aid, help.
+
+=azúcar=, _m._, sugar.
+
+=azul=, _m. and f._, blue.
+
+
+B
+
+=bailar=, to dance.
+
+=bajar=, to go down, get down, pull down.
+
+=banco=, _m._, bench, seat, bank (_financial institution_).
+
+=banquete=, _m._, banquet.
+
+=barato=, =-a=, cheap.
+
+=barco=, _m._, bark, boat.
+
+=bastante=, enough.
+
+=bastar=, to be enough, do (_section 123_).
+
+=baúl=, _m._, trunk.
+
+=Benavente (Jacinto)=, Spanish author.
+
+=besar=, to kiss.
+
+=bicicleta=, _f._, bicycle.
+
+=bien=, well, all right.
+
+=bienes=, _m. pl._, property, possessions.
+
+=billete=, _m._, ticket; =---- de banco=, banknote.
+
+=blanco=, =-a=, white.
+
+=blando=, =-a=, soft.
+
+=bolsillo=, _m._, purse, pocket.
+
+=bondad=, _f._, goodness; =tenga usted la---- =, please (_section 67_).
+
+=brasero=, _m._, charcoal stove.
+
+=brazo=, _m._, arm.
+
+=brillante=, _m. and f._, brilliant.
+
+=bruja=, _f._, witch.
+
+=bueno=, =-a=, good, well, all right.
+
+=burla=, _f._, fun, mockery, joke.
+
+=burlarse (de)=, to make fun of, mock at, joke about.
+
+=buscar=, to look for; =mandar a---- =, to send for.
+
+
+C
+
+=caballero=, _m._, gentleman, sir.
+
+=caballo=, _m._, horse.
+
+=caber (en)=, to hold, be contained in (_section 31_).
+
+=cabeza=, _f._, head.
+
+=cabildo=, _m._, city hall.
+
+=cabo=, _m._, cape, headland; =llevar a---- =, to carry out, end, finish,
+conclude; =al fin y al---- =, finally, at last.
+
+=cada=, each.
+
+=caer=, to fall; =dejar---- =, to drop.
+
+=café=, _m._, coffee, café, restaurant.
+
+=cajón=, _m._, box, drawer.
+
+=calor=, _m._, heat; =hacer---- =, to be hot (_weather_); =tener---- =, to be
+hot (_persons_).
+
+=callarse=, to be quiet, stop talking.
+
+=calle=, _f._, street.
+
+=cambiar=, to change; =--se en=, to turn into (_section 113_).
+
+=cambio=, _m._, change.
+
+=caminar=, to walk.
+
+=camino=, _m._, way (_section 48_).
+
+=campana=, _f._, bell.
+
+=campanilla=, _f._, little bell, doorbell.
+
+=campo=, _m._, country (_as opposed to city_; _see_ =país=).
+
+=cansadísimo=, =-a=, very tired.
+
+=cansadito=, =-a=, very tired.
+
+=cansado=, =-a=, tired.
+
+=cansar=, to tire.
+
+=cantar=, to sing.
+
+=cántaro=, _m._, pitcher; =llover a--s=, to rain torrents.
+
+=capaz=, _m. and f._, capable.
+
+=capitán=, _m._, captain.
+
+=cara=, _f._, face; =---- a---- =, face to face, straight in the face.
+
+=carbón=, _m._, coal.
+
+=cargo=, _m._, charge.
+
+=carta=, _f._, letter.
+
+=casa=, _f._, house; =en---- =, at home; =a---- =, home (_with verbs of
+motion_).
+
+=casado=, =-a=, married.
+
+=casar=, to marry, give in marriage; =--se con=, to be married to, marry.
+
+=caso=, _m._, case, place; =hacer---- de=, to pay attention to.
+
+=Catalán=, _m._, Catalonian (_a native of Catalonia, the northeast section
+of Spain_).
+
+=caterva=, _f._, tribe, band, number.
+
+=causa=, _f._, cause; =a---- de=, because of.
+
+=causar=, to cause.
+
+=ceder=, to yield, give up (_section 50_).
+
+=celebrar=, to celebrate, to be glad.
+
+=celos=: =tener---- =, to be jealous.
+
+=cena=, _f._, supper.
+
+=cerca de=, near, about.
+
+=cerradura=, _f._, lock, keyhole.
+
+=cerrar=, to close.
+
+=cesar (de)=, to cease, stop.
+
+=cesto=, _m._, basket.
+
+=ciego=, =-a=, blind.
+
+=cielo=, _m._, sky, heaven.
+
+=ciento=, hundred.
+
+=cierto=, =-a=, certain; =por---- =, indeed, certainly.
+
+=cinco=, five.
+
+=cinta=, _f._, ribbon.
+
+=cita=, _f._, quotation, appointment.
+
+=ciudad=, _f._, city.
+
+=claro=, =-a=, clear.
+
+=clavo=, _m._, nail.
+
+=clima=, _m._, climate.
+
+=cobarde=, _m. and f._, cowardly.
+
+=cocina=, _f._, kitchen.
+
+=cocinera=, _f._, cook.
+
+=coche=, _m._, carriage.
+
+=coger=, to take, pick up.
+
+=color=, _m._, color.
+
+=comer=, to eat.
+
+=comercio=, _m._, business, commerce.
+
+=comida=, _f._, meal, dinner.
+
+=como=, how, as (_section 96_); =¿cómo?= how?
+
+=compañero=, =-a=, companion.
+
+=compañía=, _f._, company.
+
+=compartamento=, _m._, compartment.
+
+=compartir=, to share.
+
+=compasión=, _f._, compassion.
+
+=compensar=, to compensate, make up for.
+
+=cómplice=, _m._, accomplice.
+
+=comprar=, to buy.
+
+=comprender=, to understand, see through.
+
+=con=, with.
+
+=concepto=, _m._, conception, opinion.
+
+=conciencia=, _f._, conscience.
+
+=concierto=, _m._, concert.
+
+=concluirse=, to come to an end, give out.
+
+=conferencia=, _f._, conference.
+
+=confesar=, to confess.
+
+=confiado=, =-a=, confident, trusting in.
+
+=conformarse=, to agree.
+
+=congeniar (con)=, to agree, get along well with.
+
+=conmigo=, with me.
+
+=conocer=, to know, be acquainted with, become acquainted with.
+
+=conocimiento=, _m._, knowledge, acquaintance.
+
+=conque=, and so.
+
+=conquistador=, _m._, conqueror.
+
+=consentir (en)=, to consent to, agree to.
+
+=construir=, to build, construct.
+
+=contar=, to tell (_section 90_).
+
+=contener=, to hold, contain.
+
+=contentar=, to please (_section 66_).
+
+=continuar=, to continue, keep on (_section 34_).
+
+=contra=, against.
+
+=convertirse (en)=, to change into, turn into (_section 113_).
+
+=convidar=, to invite.
+
+=corazón=, _m._, heart.
+
+=cordero=, =-a=, lamb.
+
+=cortar=, to cut.
+
+=corto=, =-a=, short.
+
+=correo=, _m._, mail, post office.
+
+=correr=, to run.
+
+=cosa=, _f._, thing.
+
+=coser=, to sew.
+
+=crecer=, to grow (_section 23_).
+
+=creer=, to believe, think.
+
+=criado=, =-a=, servant.
+
+=criar(se)=, to grow, grow up (_section 23_).
+
+=cruelmente=, cruelly.
+
+=cuaderno=, _m._, note-book.
+
+=¿cuánto=, =-a?= how much?
+
+=¿cuántos=, =-as?= how many?
+
+=cuarto=, _m._, room.
+
+=cuatro=, four.
+
+=cuchillo=, _m._, knife.
+
+=cuenta=, _f._, bill.
+
+=cuento=, _m._, story.
+
+=¡cuidado!= take care!
+
+=cuidarse=, to take care.
+
+=cura=, _m._, priest.
+
+
+CH
+
+=chaqueta=, _f._, jacket.
+
+=charlar=, to chat.
+
+=chico=, =-a=, small; =los--s=, the children.
+
+=chimenea=, _f._, fireplace.
+
+
+D
+
+=daño=, _m._, hurt, harm; =hacerse--=, to hurt oneself.
+
+=dar=, to give; =---- contra=, to bump into, run into.
+
+=de=, of, from, by.
+
+=deber=, _m._, duty.
+
+=deber=, must, ought, should (_section 76_).
+
+=débil=, _m. and f._, weak.
+
+=decidirse=, to decide, make up one's mind (_section 53_).
+
+=decir=, to say, tell (_section 90_).
+
+=declarar=, to declare; =--se en huelga=, to strike (_section 121_).
+
+=defendido=, =-a=, defended.
+
+=dejar=, to leave (_section 37_); =--de=, to cease, stop; let (_section
+38_).
+
+=delante=, forward; =---- de=, in front of; =de ahí en---- =, from now on.
+
+=delgado=, =-a=, thin, slender.
+
+=demás=: =lo---- =, the rest, what's left; =los (las)---- =, the others.
+
+=demasiado=, too, too much.
+
+=dentro de=, within.
+
+=derecho=, =-a=, right (_section 75_).
+
+=desacorde=, _m. and f._, out of harmony, not in agreement.
+
+=desaparecer=, to disappear.
+
+=descansar=, =--se=, to rest.
+
+=descubrir=, to discover, find out.
+
+=desde=, since (_prep._); =---- que=, since (_conj._).
+
+=desear=, to desire.
+
+=deseo=, _m._, desire.
+
+=desgracia=, _f._, misfortune.
+
+=deshacerse (de)=, to get rid of.
+
+=desierto=, =-a=, deserted.
+
+=deslizarse=, to slip.
+
+=despacho=, _m._, office.
+
+=despedirse=, to say farewell, take one's leave (_section 107_).
+
+=después=, afterwards.
+
+=después de=, after (_prep._); =---- que=, after (_conj._) (_section 26_).
+
+=detenerse=, to stop.
+
+=determinado=, =-a=: =tener---- =, to have made up one's mind.
+
+=devolver=, to return, give back.
+
+=día=, _m._, day; =de---- en---- =, from day to day.
+
+=diamante=, _m._, diamond.
+
+=diario=, =-a=, daily.
+
+=diario=, _m._, newspaper.
+
+=dibujo=, _m._, drawing.
+
+=diciembre=, _m._, December.
+
+=diez=, ten.
+
+=diferencia=, _f._, difference.
+
+=difícil=, _m. and f._, difficult.
+
+=diligente=, _m. and f._, diligent.
+
+=diligentemente=, diligently, hard (_section 49_).
+
+=dinero=, _m._, money.
+
+=Dios=, _m._, God.
+
+=dirigirse=, to turn (_section 113_).
+
+=discípulo=, =-a=, pupil.
+
+=disgusto=, _m._, annoyance, vexation.
+
+=disposición=, _f._, disposition, disposal.
+
+=distancia=, _f._, distance.
+
+=distinguido=, =-a=, distinguished.
+
+=divertirse=, to amuse oneself, have a good time, enjoy oneself.
+
+=doblar=, to double, turn (_section 113_).
+
+=doce=, twelve.
+
+=dolor=, _m._, pain, grief, sorrow.
+
+=dolorcillo=, _m._, a little pain.
+
+=dormir=, to sleep; =--se=, to go to sleep.
+
+=dos=, two.
+
+=dulce=, _m. and f._, sweet.
+
+=dulces=, _m. pl._, sweets, candy.
+
+=duro=, =-a=, hard (_section 49_).
+
+=duro=, _m._, dollar.
+
+
+E
+
+=¡ea!= come!
+
+=echar=, to throw, to put out (_section 119_).
+
+=echar de menos=, to miss (_section 55_).
+
+=edad=, _f._, age.
+
+=efecto=, _m._, effect.
+
+=egoísmo=, _m._, egoism, selfishness.
+
+=ejercicio=, _m._, exercise.
+
+=ejército=, _m._, army.
+
+=el=, _m._, the.
+
+=él=, he.
+
+=Elisa=, Elise, Eliza.
+
+=ella=, she, her.
+
+=embelesado=, =-a=, charmed, delighted.
+
+=empeñarse en=, to insist upon.
+
+=empezar=, to begin.
+
+=empleado=, =-a=, employé.
+
+=empresa=, _f._, undertaking; company (_commercial or industrial_).
+
+=en=, in, on.
+
+=encaje=, _m._, lace.
+
+=encantador=, =-a=, charming, delightful.
+
+=encuentro=, _m._, meeting.
+
+=enfadado=, =-a=, angry, vexed, annoyed.
+
+=enfermedad=, _f._, illness, sickness.
+
+=enfermo=, =-a=, ill; _as noun_, invalid.
+
+=engañar=, to deceive, take in; =--se=, to be deceived, be mistaken.
+
+=enojado=, =-a=, annoyed, vexed.
+
+=ensenada=, _f._, bay.
+
+=entenderse=, to understand one another, agree.
+
+=entero=, =-a=, entire, whole; =días= _or_ =meses--s=, days _or_ months at a
+time.
+
+=entierro=, _m._, funeral.
+
+=entrar=, to enter.
+
+=entregar=, to deliver, hand over to.
+
+=enviar=, to send.
+
+=equipaje=, _m._, baggage.
+
+=equivocarse=, to make a mistake, be mistaken.
+
+=erial=, _m._, uncultivated land.
+
+=errar=, to err.
+
+=escalera=, _f._, stairs.
+
+=escaparse=, to escape, get away (_section 16_).
+
+=esclavitud=, _f._, slavery.
+
+=esclavo=, =-a=, slave.
+
+=escondido=, =-a=, hidden.
+
+=escribir=, to write.
+
+=escrito=: =por---- =, in writing.
+
+=escuchar=, to listen, listen to.
+
+=ese=, =esa=, that (_demons. adj._); =ése=, =ésa= (_demons, pron._).
+
+=eso=, that (_neut. demons. pron._); =a---- de= (_in time expressions_), a
+little after.
+
+=espacio=, _m._, space.
+
+=espantoso=, =-a=, frightful.
+
+=español=, =-a=, Spanish, Spaniard.
+
+=espejo=, _m._, mirror.
+
+=esperanza=, _f._, hope.
+
+=esperar=, to hope, wait, expect.
+
+=espíritu=, _m._, spirit.
+
+=esposo=, =-a=, husband, wife.
+
+=espuela=, _f._, spur.
+
+=esquina=, _f._, corner (_exterior angle_; _see_ =rincón=).
+
+=estación=, _f._, season, station.
+
+=estado=, _m._, state.
+
+=estar=, to be (_section 1_).
+
+=este=, =esta=, this (_demons. adj._); =éste=, =ésta= (_demons. pron._).
+
+=esto=, this (_neut. demons. pron._).
+
+=estorbar=, to disturb, put out (_section 118_).
+
+=estrella=, _f._, star.
+
+=estudiar=, to study.
+
+=estudio=, _m._, study.
+
+=evitar=, to avoid, help (_section 27_).
+
+=exclamar=, to exclaim.
+
+=exclusivamente=, exclusively.
+
+=existir=, to exist.
+
+=éxito=, _m._, outcome, success.
+
+=explicar=, to explain.
+
+=extender=, to extend, put out (_section 119_).
+
+=extranjero=, =-a=, strange, stranger, foreign, foreigner.
+
+=extrañar=, to wonder (_section 103_).
+
+
+F
+
+=falta=, _f._, lack, need; =hacer---- a=, to need, want.
+
+=faltar (a)=, to need, want (_sections 65, 98_).
+
+=familia=, _f._, family.
+
+=fatiga=, _f._, fatigue.
+
+=favor=, _m._, favor; please (_section 67_).
+
+=fe=, _f._, faith.
+
+=felicitar=, to congratulate.
+
+=feliz=, _m. and f._, happy.
+
+=ferroviario=, =-a=, pertaining to railroads.
+
+=fiar=, to trust.
+
+=fiesta=, _f._, holiday.
+
+=fievre=, _f._, fever.
+
+=fin=, _m._, end, conclusion; =al---- =, at last; =por---- =, finally.
+
+=flaco=, =-a=, thin.
+
+=flor=, _f._, flower.
+
+=fortuna=, _f._, fortune.
+
+=fósforo=, _m._, match.
+
+=frío=, _m._, cold; =hacer---- =, to be cold (_weather_); =tener---- =, to be
+cold (_persons_).
+
+=fruta=, _f._, fruit.
+
+=fuego=, _m._, fire; =pegar---- a=, to set fire to.
+
+=fuerte=, _m. and f._, strong.
+
+=fuerza=, _f._, strength.
+
+
+G
+
+=gana=, _f._, desire; =tener--s de= (_with infin._), to feel like.
+
+=ganar=, to earn.
+
+=gato=, _m._, cat.
+
+=generoso=, =-a=, generous.
+
+=genio=, _m._, genius, talent.
+
+=gente=, _f._, people.
+
+=gimnasio=, _m._, gymnasium.
+
+=gimnástico=, =-a=, gymnastic.
+
+=gitano=, =-a=, gipsy.
+
+=glorioso=, =-a=, glorious.
+
+=gordo=, =-a=, fat.
+
+=gozarse=, to rejoice, enjoy.
+
+=gracia=, _f._, favor, jest, joke.
+
+=gracias=, _f. pl._, thanks.
+
+=gramática=, _f._, grammar.
+
+=grande=, _m. and f._, large.
+
+=grupo=, _m._, group.
+
+=guante=, _m._, glove.
+
+=guapo=, =-a=, pretty, charming.
+
+=guardar=, to keep, put away (_sections 34, 119_).
+
+=guisar=, to cook, stew.
+
+=gustar=, to like (_section 60_).
+
+=gusto=, _m._, pleasure.
+
+
+H
+
+=haber=, to have (_section 6_); =---- de=, must (_section 75_).
+
+=hábil=, _m. and f._, clever, skillful.
+
+=habitación=, _f._, room.
+
+=habitar=, to live, inhabit, occupy.
+
+=hablar=, to speak, talk.
+
+=hacer=, to make, do (_section 125_); =--se=, to become, grow (_section
+23_).
+
+=hacia=, toward (_section 80_).
+
+=hachazgo=, _m._, blow with an ax _or_ hatchet.
+
+=hada=, _f._, fairy.
+
+=hallar=, to find; =--se=, to be (_section 1_).
+
+=hambre=, _f._, hunger; =tener---- =, to be hungry.
+
+=harina=, _f._, flour.
+
+=hasta=, until (_prep._); even (_section 80_); =---- que=, until (_conj._).
+
+=hay=, there is, there are; =---- que=, one must, it is necessary (_section
+76_).
+
+=hazaña=, _f._, adventure, exploit.
+
+=heredar=, to inherit.
+
+=heredero=, =-a=, heir.
+
+=hermano=, _m._, brother.
+
+=hierba=: =mala---- =, _f._, weed.
+
+=hija=, _f._, daughter.
+
+=hijo=, _m._, son.
+
+=hombre=, _m._, man; =¡---- de Dios!= man alive!
+
+=hombro=, _m._, shoulder.
+
+=honor=, _m._, honor.
+
+=hora=, _f._, hour, time (_section 59_).
+
+=hormiga=, _f._, ant.
+
+=huele=, _see_ =oler=.
+
+=huelga=, _f._, strike; =declararse en--=, to strike (_section 121_).
+
+=huerto=, _m._, orchard.
+
+=humo=, _m._, smoke.
+
+=húngaro=, =-a=, Hungarian, gipsy.
+
+
+I
+
+=idea=, _f._, idea.
+
+=iglesia=, _f._, church.
+
+=impedir=, to hinder, prevent, keep (_section 34_).
+
+=importancia=, _f._, importance.
+
+=importante=, _m. and f._, important.
+
+=incendio=, _m._, fire, conflagration.
+
+=inclinarse=, to be inclined.
+
+=independencia=, _f._, independence.
+
+=indisposición=, _f._, illness.
+
+=individuo=, _m._, individual, person.
+
+=inesperado=, =-a=, unexpected, unhoped for.
+
+=injusto=, =-a=, unjust.
+
+=insecto=, _m._, insect.
+
+=inserto=, =-a=, inserted, included.
+
+=insigne=, _m. and f._, famous, celebrated.
+
+=instrumento=, _m._, instrument.
+
+=inteligencia=, _f._, intelligence.
+
+=intención=, _f._, intention; =tener la--=, to mean (_section 68_).
+
+=intento=, _m._, purpose, intention.
+
+=interés=, _m._, interest.
+
+=interior=, _m._, interior.
+
+=inútil=, useless.
+
+=inundado=, =-a=, inundated, flooded.
+
+=invertir=, to invert, turn over (_section_ 113).
+
+=investigar=, to investigate, look into.
+
+=invitación=, _f._, invitation.
+
+
+J
+
+=jardín=, _m._, garden.
+
+=jarro=, _m._, pitcher, jug.
+
+=joven=, _m. and f._, young person, young man, young woman.
+
+=juez=, _m._, judge.
+
+=jugar=, to play (_section 63_).
+
+=junto (-a) a=, near to, next to.
+
+=justo=, =-a=, just, right (_section 74_).
+
+=juzgar=, to judge.
+
+
+L
+
+=la=, the, her.
+
+=lado=, _m._, side.
+
+=ladrón=, _m._, robber.
+
+=lámpara=, _f._, lamp.
+
+=lancha=, _f._, boat.
+
+=lanzar=, to lance, throw.
+
+=lápiz=, _m._, pencil.
+
+=largarse=, to run away, "skip."
+
+=largo=, =-a=, long.
+
+=lástima=, _f._, pity.
+
+=lastimar=, to hurt.
+
+=lavandera=, _f._, laundress.
+
+=lavar=, to wash.
+
+=le=, him, you, to him, to you, to her.
+
+=lección=, _f._, lesson.
+
+=lectura=, _f._, reading.
+
+=leer=, to read.
+
+=lengua=, _f._, tongue.
+
+=león=, _m._, lion.
+
+=lesión=, _f._, lesion, wound.
+
+=levantarse=, to get up (_section 16_).
+
+=ley=, _f._, law (_single statute_).
+
+=libertad=, _f._, liberty.
+
+=libra=, _f._, pound.
+
+=libro=, _m._, book.
+
+=ligero=, =-a=, light, quick, slight.
+
+=limonada=, _f._, lemonade.
+
+=limosna=, _f._, alms.
+
+=limpio=, =-a=, clean.
+
+=listo=, =-a=, ready, quick.
+
+=literatura=, _f._, literature.
+
+=lo=, it, him.
+
+=loco=, =-a=, crazy, mad.
+
+=lograr=, to succeed, manage (_section 79_).
+
+=Londres=, London.
+
+=longitud=, _f._, length, longitude.
+
+=luego=, later, afterwards; =---- que=, as soon as.
+
+=lugar=, _m._, place; =en primer---- =, first of all; =tener---- =, to take
+place.
+
+=lujo=, _m._, luxury.
+
+=luna=, _f._, moon.
+
+=luz=, _f._, light.
+
+
+LL
+
+=llamar=, to call.
+
+=llano=, =-a=, flat, smooth.
+
+=llave=, _f._, key.
+
+=llegada=, _f._, arrival.
+
+=llegar=, to arrive.
+
+=llevar=, to carry, take.
+
+=llorar=, to cry, weep.
+
+=llover=, to rain.
+
+
+M
+
+=madre=, _f._, mother.
+
+=madrugada=, _f._, early morning; =de--=, early in the morning.
+
+=maestro=, _m._, teacher.
+
+=mal=, badly; bad (_before mas. sing. nouns_).
+
+=malicioso=, =-a=, malicious, sharp.
+
+=malo=, =-a=, bad, ill.
+
+=manantial=, _m._, spring (_of water_).
+
+=manchar=, to spot, blot.
+
+=manecita=, _f._, little hand.
+
+=manera=, _f._, manner, way (_section 48_).
+
+=mano=, _f._, hand.
+
+=mantenerse=, to keep (_section 34_).
+
+=manzana=, _f._, apple.
+
+=mañana=, _f._, morning; (_as adv._), to-morrow.
+
+=máquina=, _f._, machine.
+
+=maquinaria=, _f._, machinery.
+
+=mar=, _m. and f._, sea.
+
+=Marco=, _m._, Mark (_proper noun_).
+
+=marcharse=, to go away, leave (_section 37_).
+
+=marinero=, _m._, sailor.
+
+=martes=, _m._, Tuesday.
+
+=martillo=, _m._, hammer.
+
+=más=, more; =no---- que=, just (_section 24_).
+
+=mayor=, _m. and f._, older, greater.
+
+=me=, me, to me, for me.
+
+=mediano=, =-a=, medium, mediocre, half-way.
+
+=medias=, =a=, half-way, by halves.
+
+=médico=, _m._, doctor.
+
+=medida=: =a---- que=, in a measure as, as (_section 96_).
+
+=medio=, =-a=, half (_section 93_); =en--de=, in the midst of.
+
+=mejor=, _m. and f._, better.
+
+=mejorarse=, to get better, improve.
+
+=memoria=, _f._, memory; =de---- =, by heart.
+
+=memorialista=, _m._, public letter writer.
+
+=menos=, less; =a---- que=, unless; =por lo---- =, at least.
+
+=mentira=, _f._, lie, untruth.
+
+=menudo=, =-a=, often.
+
+=merecer=, to merit, deserve.
+
+=mermar=, to diminish.
+
+=mes=, _m._, month.
+
+=mesa=, _f._, table.
+
+=metido=, =-a=, put, hidden.
+
+=método=, _m._, method.
+
+=mi=, my.
+
+=mí=, me (_with prep._).
+
+=miedo=, _m._, fear; =tener---- =, to be afraid.
+
+=miel=, _f._, honey.
+
+=mientras=, while, as long as (_section 12)_.
+
+=milla=, mile.
+
+=millonario=, =-a=, millionaire.
+
+=mimar=, to pet, spoil.
+
+=mina=, _f._, mine.
+
+=minero=, _m._, miner.
+
+=mío=, =-a=, mine.
+
+=mirar=, to look (_section 19_).
+
+=¡mira!= see here!
+
+=mismo=, =-a=, same, very (_section 62_); =lo---- da=, it's all the same; it
+doesn't matter.
+
+=mitad=, _f._, half (_section 93_).
+
+=modo=, _m._, mode, manner, way (_section 43_).
+
+=mofarse (de)=, to mock at, make fun of (_section 53_).
+
+=mojar=, to wet, soak.
+
+=molestar=, to trouble, disturb, put out (_section 119_).
+
+=momento=, _m._, moment.
+
+=montón=, _m._, heap, pile.
+
+=moreno=, =-a=, brown.
+
+=morir=, to die.
+
+=motivo=: =con---- de=, on the occasion of, because of.
+
+=movimiento=, _m._, movement, motion.
+
+=mozo=, =-a=, young man, young woman, waiter.
+
+=muchacha=, _f._, girl.
+
+=muchacho=, _m._, boy.
+
+=mucho=, =-a=, much.
+
+=muebles=, _m. pl._, furniture.
+
+=mujer=, _f._, woman.
+
+=muerto=, =-a=, dead.
+
+=mundo=, _m._, world; =todo el---- =, everybody.
+
+=muro=, _m._, wall.
+
+=música=, _f._, music.
+
+
+N
+
+=nacer=, to be born.
+
+=nacional=, _m. and f._, national.
+
+=nada=, nothing; =---- más que (de)=, nothing but, just (_section 24_).
+
+=narración=, _f._, narrative, story.
+
+=naturaleza=, _f._, nature.
+
+=necesario=, =-a=, necessary.
+
+=necesitar=, to need, want (_section 98_).
+
+=negro=, =-a=, black.
+
+=nevar=, to snow.
+
+=nieve=, _f._, snow.
+
+=ningún=, _see_ =ninguno=.
+
+=ninguno=, =-a=, no, not any, not one.
+
+=niñera=, _f._, nurse-maid.
+
+=niño=, =-a=, child.
+
+=no=, no, not.
+
+=noción=, _f._, notion, idea.
+
+=noche=, _f._, night.
+
+=nodriza=, _f._, nurse.
+
+=nombre=, _m._, name.
+
+=norte=, _m._, north.
+
+=nos=, us, ourselves.
+
+=nosotros=, =-as=, we, us (_with prep._).
+
+=notar=, to notice, note.
+
+=noticia=, _f._, notice, news.
+
+=nuestro=, =-a=, our.
+
+=nuevo=, =-a=, new.
+
+=número=, _m._, number.
+
+=nunca=, never.
+
+
+O
+
+=obedecer=, to obey.
+
+=obra=, _f._, work (_accomplished; as, the works of an author; see_
+=trabajo=).
+
+=obrero=, _m._, workman.
+
+=obscuridad=, _f._, darkness.
+
+=obscuro=, =-a=, dark.
+
+=observar=, to observe, notice.
+
+=ocultarse=, to hide oneself.
+
+=ocupación=, _f._, occupation.
+
+=ocupado=, =-a=, occupied, busy.
+
+=ocurrido=: =lo---- =, what has happened.
+
+=ocho=, eight.
+
+=ofender=, to offend, insult.
+
+=ofrecer=, to offer.
+
+=oído=, _m._, hearing, ear (_inner_).
+
+=oír=, to hear.
+
+=¡ojalá!= (_an interjection that expresses keen desire_), I hope, I wish,
+would that, _etc._
+
+=ojo=, _m._, eye.
+
+=oler=, to smell.
+
+=olvidarse=, to forget.
+
+=operario=, _m._, workman, operative.
+
+=oportunidad=, _f._, opportunity.
+
+=opulencia=, _f._, wealth, opulence.
+
+=oscurecer=, to grow dark.
+
+=otro=, =-a=, other, another.
+
+=ovación=, _f._, ovation.
+
+
+P
+
+=paciencia=, _f._, patience.
+
+=padre=, _m._, father.
+
+=padres=, _m. pl._, parents.
+
+=pagar=, to pay (_section 111_).
+
+=pago=, _m._, pay, wages.
+
+=país=, _m._, country (_geographical division; see_ =campo= _and_ =patria=).
+
+=paisano=, _m._, countryman, villager.
+
+=pájaro=, _m._, bird.
+
+=palabra=, _f._, word.
+
+=palacio=, _m._, palace.
+
+=pálido=, =-a=, pale.
+
+=palomar=, _m._, dovecote, pigeon house.
+
+=palomita=, _f._, little dove, little pigeon.
+
+=palpar=, to feel (_section 43_).
+
+=pan=, _m._, bread.
+
+=panadero=, _m._, baker.
+
+=papel=, _m._, paper; =hacer un---- =, to play a part, act a rôle.
+
+=para=, for (_section 4_); =---- con=, toward (_section 81_); =---- que=, in
+order that.
+
+=parado=, =-a=, standing.
+
+=paraguas=, _m._, umbrella.
+
+=parar=, to stop.
+
+=parecer=, to appear, seem, think (_section 52_).
+
+=parte=, _f._, part.
+
+=partir=, to depart, leave (_section 37_).
+
+=pasar=, to pass (_section 110_); =--se sin=, to get along without, do
+without.
+
+=paseo=, _m._, walk, promenade; =dar un---- =, to take a walk.
+
+=patitas=: =poner de---- en la calle=, to dismiss, discharge, turn out.
+
+=patria=, _f._, native country; _see_ =campo= _and_ =país=.
+
+=patrona=, _f._, landlady.
+
+=Patros=, _f._, _proper noun, name of woman_.
+
+=paz=, _f._, peace.
+
+=pedir=, to ask for, beg (_section 3_).
+
+=pegar=, to strike (_section 121_); =--fuego a=, to set fire to.
+
+=pena=, trouble; =valer la---- =, to be worth while.
+
+=pensamiento=, _m._, thought.
+
+=pensar=, to think (_section 52_).
+
+=peña=, _f._, cliff.
+
+=Pepita=, _proper noun_, _f._
+
+=pequeño=, =-a=, small, little (_section 20_).
+
+=perder=, to lose.
+
+=perdido=, _m._, loss.
+
+=perdonar=, to pardon, excuse.
+
+=perezoso=, =-a=, lazy.
+
+=perjudicial=, _m. and f._, prejudicial, harmful.
+
+=permiso=, _m._, permission.
+
+=pero=, but (_section 117_).
+
+=perro=, _m._, dog.
+
+=persona=, _f._, person.
+
+=persuadir=, to persuade, get (_section 16_).
+
+=pesar=: =a---- de=, in spite of.
+
+=piano=, _m._, piano.
+
+=pie=, foot; =a---- =, on foot; =de---- =, standing.
+
+=piedad=, _f._, pity, piety.
+
+=piedra=, _f._, stone.
+
+=pintar=, to paint.
+
+=placer=, _m._, pleasure.
+
+=plan=, _m._, plan, page (_of newspaper_).
+
+=planchar=, to iron, press.
+
+=plataforma=, _f._, platform.
+
+=playa=, _f._, beach, shore.
+
+=plaza=, _f._, square.
+
+=plazuela=, _f._, small square.
+
+=pluma=, _f._, pen.
+
+=plumafuente=, _f._, fountain pen (_also_; =plumatintero=, _m._).
+
+=pobre=, _m. and f._, poor.
+
+=poco=, =-a=, little (_quantity; see section 20_).
+
+=pocos=, =-as=, few.
+
+=poder=, to be able; =a más no---- =, to the utmost of one's ability, as
+hard as one can.
+
+=poner=, to put (_section 119_); =--se=, to grow, put on (_sections 23 and
+119_); =--se de pie=, to stand up (_section 84_).
+
+=por=, by, through, in, for (_section 4_).
+
+=porque=, because.
+
+=¿por qué?= why?
+
+=posibilidad=, _f._, possibility.
+
+=posible=, _m. and f._, possible; =lo---- =, what is possible.
+
+=precio=, _m._, price.
+
+=preguntar=, to ask (_section 3_); =--se=, to wonder (_section 103_).
+
+=prendas de vestir=, _f. pl._, clothes.
+
+=presentarse=, to appear (_section 77_).
+
+=presente=, _m. and f._, present.
+
+=presidente=, _m._, president.
+
+=prestar=, to lend.
+
+=primero=, =-a=, first.
+
+=primo=, =-a=, cousin.
+
+=principiar=, to begin.
+
+=prisa=, _f._, haste; =tener---- =, =estar de---- =, to be in a hurry.
+
+=problema=, _m._, problem.
+
+=proclamar=, to proclaim, publish.
+
+=procurar=, to try.
+
+=producir=, to produce.
+
+=profesor=, _m._, teacher, professor.
+
+=profundizar=, to go deeply into a thing _or_ a matter, dig deeper.
+
+=prometer=, to promise.
+
+=promovido=, =-a=: =ser---- =, to pass, be promoted (_section 110_).
+
+=pronto=, soon, quickly.
+
+=pronto=, =-a=, ready, quick.
+
+=propagado=, =-a=, propagated.
+
+=propio=, =-a=, own.
+
+=proseguir=, to continue.
+
+=prospero=, =-a=, prosperous, fortunate.
+
+=protegido=, =-a=, protégé.
+
+=próximo=, =-a=, next.
+
+=prudencia=, _f._, prudence.
+
+=publicar=, to publish, give out (_section 50_).
+
+=público=, =-a=, public.
+
+=pueblo=, _m._, town, village.
+
+=puerta=, _f._, door.
+
+=pues=, well (_section 30_), then, for (_conj._).
+
+=puesto=, =-a=, on (_section 119_); =---- que=, since (_section 9_).
+
+=pulgada=, _f._, inch.
+
+=punto=, _m._, point; =en---- =, exactly (_with time expressions_).
+
+=puro=, _m. and f._, pure.
+
+
+Q
+
+=que=, what, that, who, which, whom.
+
+=¿qué?= what?
+
+=quebrar=, to break.
+
+=quedar=, to remain, be left (_section 37_); =--se con=, to keep (_section
+34_).
+
+=quedo=, =-a=, quiet, quietly; =-ito=, =-a=, very quietly.
+
+=querer=, to love, wish, want (_section 98_).
+
+=quien=, who.
+
+=¿quién?= who?
+
+=quieto=, =-a=, quiet.
+
+=quince=, fifteen; =---- días=, two weeks, a fortnight.
+
+=quitar=, to take away; =--se=, to take off (_section 106_); =--se de en
+medio=, to get out of the way.
+
+
+R
+
+=rabioso=, =-a=, rabid, mad.
+
+=raro=, =-a=, rare.
+
+=rato=, _m._, while.
+
+=razón=, _f._, reason, right (_section 75_).
+
+=rebelde=, _m._, rebel.
+
+=recepción=, _f._, reception.
+
+=recibir=, to receive, get.
+
+=recién=, recently (_form used only to modify past participle_).
+
+=recoger=, to pick up, gather together.
+
+=recompensar=, to recompense, make up for (_section 53_).
+
+=recordar=, to remember, remind of.
+
+=recuperar=, to recuperate.
+
+=región=, _f._, region.
+
+=regla=, _f._, rule.
+
+=regresar=, to return, come back.
+
+=reina=, _f._, queen.
+
+=reír=, to laugh.
+
+=reloj=, _m._, watch, clock.
+
+=remedar=, to imitate, take off (_section 107_).
+
+=remedio=, _m._, remedy; =no hay---- =, it can't be helped.
+
+=remendar=, to mend.
+
+=remoto=, =-a=, remote.
+
+=rendir=, to give up (_section 50_).
+
+=renunciar=, to renounce, give up (_section 50_).
+
+=reñir=, to quarrel.
+
+=repente=: =de---- =, suddenly, all at once.
+
+=reposo=, _m._, repose, rest.
+
+=reprender=, to censure, scold.
+
+=representación=, _f._, performance.
+
+=república=, _f._, republic.
+
+=resolver=, to resolve, make up one's mind.
+
+=respeto a=, with regard to.
+
+=retardar=, to retard, keep back (_section 34_).
+
+=retener=, to keep (_section 34_).
+
+=retirar=, to retire, take back (_section 106_).
+
+=retractar=, to retract, take back (_section 106_).
+
+=retraso=: =con---- =, late.
+
+=reunión=, _f._, meeting.
+
+=revista=, _f._, magazine.
+
+=revolver=, to turn (_section 113_).
+
+=rey=, _m._, king.
+
+=rezar=, to pray.
+
+=rico=, =-a=, rich.
+
+=rincón=, _m._, corner (_inside angle; see_ =esquina=).
+
+=río=, _m._, river.
+
+=risa=, _f._, laughter.
+
+=robar=, to steal.
+
+=roca=, _f._, rock.
+
+=rogar=, to ask (_section 3_).
+
+=rojo=, =-a=, red.
+
+=rollo=, _m._, roll.
+
+=ropa=, _f._, clothes.
+
+=rostro=, _m._, face.
+
+=roto=, =-a=, broken, torn.
+
+=rueda=, _f._, wheel.
+
+=ruido=, _m._, noise.
+
+
+S
+
+=saber=, to know (_section 14_).
+
+=sabio=, =-a=, wise.
+
+=sacar=, to take out (_section 107_).
+
+=saco=, _m._, sack, bag.
+
+=sacrificar=, to sacrifice.
+
+=sacrificio=, _m._, sacrifice.
+
+=sala=, _f._, room, living-room.
+
+=salir=, to go out, leave (_section 37_).
+
+=saltar=, to leap, spring.
+
+=salud=, _f._, health.
+
+=salvar=, to save (_section 92_).
+
+=salvo y sano=, safe and sound.
+
+=santo=, =-a=, saint.
+
+=sargento=, _m._, sergeant.
+
+=satisfacer=, to satisfy.
+
+=satisfecho=, =-a=, satisfied.
+
+=sastre=, _m._, tailor.
+
+=se=, self (_reflexive pronoun of the third person, also of the second
+person formal_); _also used as pers. pron., 2nd and 3rd pers., ind.
+obj., before_ =lo=, =la=, =los=, =las=.
+
+=sed=, _f._, thirst.
+
+=seguida=: =en---- =, immediately, at once.
+
+=según=, according to.
+
+=seguro=, =-a=, sure, certain.
+
+=semana=, _f._, week.
+
+=sembrar=, to sow.
+
+=sencillez=, _f._, simplicity.
+
+=sencillo=, =-a=, simple.
+
+=sentar mal a=, to disagree with (_physically_).
+
+=sentarse=, to sit down (_section 84_).
+
+=sentir=, to be sorry, feel (_section 43_).
+
+=señas=, _f. pl._, directions, address.
+
+=señor=, _m._, gentleman, sir, Mr.
+
+=señora=, lady, madam, Mrs.
+
+=señorita=, _f._, young lady, Miss.
+
+=séptimo=, =-a=, seventh.
+
+=ser=, to be (_section 1_).
+
+=serio=, =-a=, serious.
+
+=servir=, to serve; =---- de=, to serve as; =---- para=, to do for, be good
+for (_section 125_).
+
+=si=, if.
+
+=sí=, yes, self (_used for_ =se= _with a prep._).
+
+=siempre=, always, ever; =para--jamás=, for ever and ever.
+
+=silla=, _f._, chair.
+
+=sillón=, _m._, armchair.
+
+=sin=, without (_prep._); =---- que=, without (_conj.; section 69_).
+
+=sino=, except, but (_section 117_).
+
+=siquiera=, even (_section 80_).
+
+=sírvase=, please (_section 67_).
+
+=situado=, =-a=, situated.
+
+=sobrar=, to be left over, be superfluous, be too much.
+
+=sobre=, _m._, envelope.
+
+=sobre=, over, above, on (_prep._).
+
+=sobriedad=, _f._, sobriety.
+
+=sobrino=, _m._, nephew.
+
+=social=, _m. and f._, social.
+
+=sociedad=, _f._, society.
+
+=sofocante=, _m. and f._, suffocating.
+
+=sol=, _m._, sun.
+
+=solamente=, only (_section 71_).
+
+=solas=: =a---- con=, alone with (_section 72_).
+
+=soldado=, _m._, soldier.
+
+=soler=, to be wont, be accustomed.
+
+=solito=, =-a=, all alone, entirely alone.
+
+=solo=, =-a=, alone (_section 72_).
+
+=sólo=, only (_section 71_), just (_section 24_).
+
+=sombra=, _f._, shade, shadow.
+
+=sombrero=, _m._, hat.
+
+=sonar=, to ring (_section 116_).
+
+=sonrisa=, _f._, smile.
+
+=soplar=, to blow.
+
+=soportar=, to bear, endure, stand (_section 85_).
+
+=sordo=, =-a=, deaf.
+
+=sorprender=, to surprise.
+
+=sospechar=, to suspect.
+
+=su=, his, her, your, their.
+
+=subir=, to go up (_section 10_), take up (_section 107_).
+
+=subsuelo=, _m._, subsoil.
+
+=suceder=, to happen, succeed (_section 79_).
+
+=suelen=, _see_ =soler=.
+
+=sueño=, _m._, sleep; =tener---- =, to be sleepy.
+
+=sufrir=, to bear, suffer, stand (_section 85_).
+
+=suma=, _f._, sum.
+
+=supuesto=: =por---- =, of course.
+
+=suyo=, =-a=, his, hers, yours, theirs.
+
+
+T
+
+=tabaco=, _m._, tobacco.
+
+=tacto=, _m._, touch.
+
+=tal=, _m. and f._, such; =---- vez=, perhaps; =¿qué--?= what's ... like?
+(_section 61_).
+
+=talento=, _m._, talent.
+
+=también=, too, also.
+
+=tampoco=, either, neither (_sections 99 and 100_).
+
+=tan=, so (_section 33_).
+
+=tantito=, slightly, rather, a little bit (_section 20_).
+
+=tanto=, =-a=, as much, so much (_sections 33 and 96_).
+
+=tardar=, to be long in (_section 12_).
+
+=tarde=, _f._, afternoon.
+
+=tarde=, _m. and f._, late.
+
+=tarjeta=, _f._, card; =---- postal=, post card.
+
+=té=, _m._, tea.
+
+=te=, (_pron._) thyself, thee, you.
+
+=teatro=, _m._, theater.
+
+=tela=, _f._, cloth.
+
+=telefonar=, to telephone.
+
+=teléfono=, _m._, telephone.
+
+=temer=, to fear, be afraid.
+
+=temperatura=, _f._, temperature.
+
+=tempestad=, _f._, tempest, storm.
+
+=temprano=, early.
+
+=terminar=, to end.
+
+=tía=, _f._, aunt.
+
+=tiempo=, _m._, time (_section 59_).
+
+=tierra=, _f._, earth, land.
+
+=tinta=, _f._, ink.
+
+=tirano=, =-a=, tyrant.
+
+=tiro=, _m._, shot.
+
+=tocar=, to touch, play (_section 64_); concern.
+
+=tocino=, _m._, bacon.
+
+=todavía=, yet, still.
+
+=todo=, =-a=, all (_section 46_).
+
+=tomar=, to take (_section 107_).
+
+=tonto=, =-a=, foolish, silly.
+
+=topo=, _m._, mole.
+
+=trabajar=, to work.
+
+=trabajo=, _m._, work.
+
+=traducción=, _f._, translation.
+
+=traer=, to bring, get (_section 16_).
+
+=traje=, _m._, suit, clothes.
+
+=transcurrir=, to pass (_section 110_).
+
+=tranvía=, _m._, street car.
+
+=tras=, behind, after (_section 26_).
+
+=trasnochar=, to sit up all night, spend a sleepless night.
+
+=tratar=, to treat.
+
+=tremendo=, =-a=, tremendous.
+
+=tren=, _m._, train.
+
+=tres=, three.
+
+=trigo=, _m._, wheat.
+
+=triste=, _m. and f._, sad.
+
+=trocar=, to exchange.
+
+=tu=, thy.
+
+=tú=, thou.
+
+
+U
+
+=último=, =-a=, last (_of a series_).
+
+=un=, _see_ =uno=.
+
+=único=, =-a=, only (_section 71_).
+
+=un(o)=, =-a=, one (_section 103_).
+
+=usted=, you.
+
+=utilidad=, _f._, use, usefulness.
+
+
+V
+
+=vacio=, =-a=, empty.
+
+=valer=, to be worth.
+
+=valor=, _m._, valor.
+
+=vanidad=, _f._, vanity.
+
+=¡vamos!= come!
+
+=vano=, =-a=, vain.
+
+=¡vaya!= come! well! why! there! (_section 56_).
+
+=vecino=, =-a=, neighbor.
+
+=vehículo=, _m._, vehicle.
+
+=veinte=, twenty.
+
+=veinticinco=, twenty-five.
+
+=velo=, _m._, veil.
+
+=velocidad=, _f._, speed; =a toda---- =, at full speed.
+
+=vencer=, to conquer, overthrow.
+
+=venda=, _f._, bandage.
+
+=vender=, to sell.
+
+=venir=, to come.
+
+=venta=, _f._, inn, tavern.
+
+=ventana=, _f._, window.
+
+=ventanilla=, _f._, small window.
+
+=ver=, to see (_section 93_).
+
+=verdad=, _f._, truth.
+
+=verificarse=, to take place (_section 107_).
+
+=vestido=, _m._, dress.
+
+=vestir=, to dress, wear; =--se=, to get dressed.
+
+=vez=, _f._, time (_section 122_).
+
+=viaje=, _m._, journey.
+
+=victoria=, _f._, victory, Victoria (_proper noun_).
+
+=vida=, _f._, life.
+
+=viejo=, =-a=, old, old man, old woman.
+
+=viento=, _m._, wind.
+
+=villano=, =-a=, evil, wicked.
+
+=violín=, _m._, violin.
+
+=visita=, _f._, visit, visitor.
+
+=visitar=, to visit, call upon.
+
+=visto=: =por lo---- =, apparently.
+
+=viuda=, _f._, widow.
+
+=vivir=, to live.
+
+=voluntad=, _f._, will, way (_section 48_).
+
+=volver=, to turn (_section 113_); =--a= (_followed by the infin._), to do
+something again.
+
+=voz=, voice.
+
+=vuelta=, _f._: =dar una---- =, to take a walk; =estar de---- =, to be back;
+=dar--s a=, to turn (_section 113_).
+
+
+Y
+
+=y=, and.
+
+=ya=, already; =---- que=, since (_section 9_); =---- no=, no longer
+(_section 12_); =---- que no=, even, if not (_section 79_).
+
+=yo=, I.
+
+
+Z
+
+=zoológico=, =-a=, zoölogical.
+
+
+
+
+
+ENGLISH-SPANISH VOCABULARY
+
+
+A
+
+=able, to be=, poder.
+
+=about=, de, acerca de (_concerning_); cerca de, más o menos (_nearly,
+approximately_) (_section 41_).
+
+=above=, arriba, sobre; =---- all=, sobre todo, ante todo.
+
+=abroad=, al extranjero, en el extranjero.
+
+=absence=, ausencia, _f._
+
+=absolutely=, absolutamente.
+
+=absurdity=, absurdo, _m._
+
+=accident=, accidente, _m._; desgracia, _f._
+
+=accord=: =in---- with=, de acuerdo con.
+
+=according to=, según.
+
+=account=: =on---- of=, a causa de, por (_section 101_).
+
+=acquaintance=: =to make the---- of=, conocer.
+
+=acquainted with, to be=, conocer.
+
+=across=, al otro lado de.
+
+=act=, obrar, portarse (_to behave_).
+
+=admire, to=, admirar.
+
+=advantage of, to take=, aprovecharse de.
+
+=advice=, consejo, _m._
+
+=advise, to=, aconsejar.
+
+=affair=, asunto, _m._
+
+=afraid, to be=, tener miedo.
+
+=after=, tras, después de (_section 26_).
+
+=afternoon=, tarde, _f._
+
+=afterwards=, después.
+
+=again=, otra vez, de nuevo, volver a, _with infinitive_.
+
+=against=, contra.
+
+=age=, edad, _f._
+
+=ago=, hace, ha (_the first precedes, the second follows, the expression
+of time_; hace _is used when definite time is expressed_, ha _when the
+time is indefinite_).
+
+=agree with, to=, sentar bien.
+
+=air=, aire, _m._
+
+=alarm, to=, alarmar.
+
+=alive=, vivo,-a; =man--!= ¡hombre!
+
+=all=, todo,-a; =---- of a sudden=, de repente (_section 46_).
+
+=almost=, casí.
+
+=alone=, solo,-a (_section 72_).
+
+=aloud=, en alta voz.
+
+=already=, ya.
+
+=also=, también.
+
+=although=, aunque.
+
+=among=, entre.
+
+=amused, to be=, divertirse.
+
+=an=, un, una.
+
+=and=, y.
+
+=angel=, ángel, _m._
+
+=anger=, ira, cólera, _f._; enojo, _m._
+
+=animal=, animal, _m._
+
+=another=, otro,-a.
+
+=answer, to=, contestar, responder.
+
+=answer=, contestación, _f._
+
+=anxious=, ansioso,-a.
+
+=any=, algún, alguno,-a.
+
+=apparently=, a lo visto, según parece, según parecía.
+
+=appear, to=, aparecer, parecer, dejarse ver (_section 78_).
+
+=appearance, to put in=, dejarse ver.
+
+=appreciate, to=, estimar, apreciar.
+
+=approach, to=, acercarse.
+
+=Argentine=, argentino,-a.
+
+=arm=, brazo, _m._
+
+=armchair=, sillón, _m._; butaca, _f._
+
+=army=, ejército, _m._
+
+=arrive, to=, llegar.
+
+=as=, como (_section 96_).
+
+=ashamed, to be=, tener vergüenza.
+
+=ask, to=, preguntar, pedir, rogar (_section 3_).
+
+=asleep, to be=, estar dormido,-a; =to be sleepy=, tener sueño.
+
+=at=, a, en; =---- once=, en seguida; =to be---- = (_to attend_), asistir a.
+
+=attention=, atención, _f._
+
+=aunt=, tía, _f._
+
+=author=, autor,-ra.
+
+=automobile=, automóvil, _m._
+
+=avoid, to=, evitar, prevenir.
+
+=aware=, a sabiendas; =to be---- =, saber.
+
+=away, to be=, estar ausente. (_This word should generally be looked for
+in connection with the verb with which it is used, as it is in Spanish
+usually included in the verb; as_, marcharse, =to go---- =; llevarse, =to
+take---- =, _etc._)
+
+
+B
+
+=bad=, malo,-a.
+
+=back, to be=, estar de vuelta. (_Ordinarily it is best to look for this
+word under the verb with which it is used; as_, =to give--=, devolver; =to
+go---- =, volver, _etc._)
+
+=bag=, saco, _m._
+
+=baggage=, equipaje, _m._
+
+=baker=, panadero, _m._
+
+=ball= (_dance_), baile, _m._
+
+=bandit=, bandito, _m._; bandolero, _m._
+
+=bank=, banco, _m._; =--note=, billete de banco.
+
+=banquet=, banquete, _m._
+
+=basket=, cesto, _m._; cesta, _f._
+
+=be, to=, estar, ser (_section 1_).
+
+=beautiful=, hermoso,-a; bello,-a.
+
+=because=, porque, a causa de, por (_section 101_).
+
+=become, to=, ponerse (_to grow_); sentar bien (_to suit_).
+
+=bed=, cama, _f._; =to go to---- =, acostarse.
+
+=bee-hive=, colmena, _f._
+
+=before=, antes, ante, delante de, antes que (_section 13_).
+
+=beg, to=, pedir, rogar.
+
+=beggar=, pordiosero,-a; mendigo,-a.
+
+=behind=, atrás, atrasado,-a; detrás de.
+
+=believe, to=, creer.
+
+=bell=, campana, _f._; campanilla, _f._
+
+=belong, to=, pertenecer.
+
+=below=, abajo.
+
+=best=, el _or_ la mejor; más (_as adverb_).
+
+=better=, mejor, _m. and f._
+
+=bicycle=, bicicleta, _f._
+
+=big=, grande, _m. and f._
+
+=bill=, cuenta, _f._
+
+=bird=, pájaro, _m._
+
+=birthday=, (día de) cumpleaños, _m._
+
+=bit=, poquito (_a small quantity_); tanto, tantito (_to a slight
+degree_).
+
+=bite=, to, morder.
+
+=blame=, culpa, _f._; =to be to---- =, tener la culpa.
+
+=blind=, ciego,-a.
+
+=blow, to=, soplar.
+
+=blow with hatchet=, hachazo, _m._; =---- with whip=, latigazo, _m._
+
+=blue=, azul, _m. and f._
+
+=boat=, bote, _m._; lancha, _f._
+
+=book=, libro, _m_.
+
+=bookcase=, estante, _m._
+
+=born, to be=, nacer.
+
+=both=, ambos,-as; el uno (la una) y el otro (la otra); los _or_ las dos.
+
+=bother, to=, molestar.
+
+=bottle=, botella, _f._
+
+=box=, cajón, _m._; caja, _f._
+
+=boy=, muchacho, _m._
+
+=bread=, pan, _m._
+
+=break, to=, romper, quebrar.
+
+=breakfast=, desayuno, _m._; almuerzo, _m._
+
+=bring, to=, traer.
+
+=brother=, hermano, _m._
+
+=brown=, moreno,-a.
+
+=building=, edificio, _m._
+
+=burn, to=, quemar.
+
+=business=, comercio, _m._; negocio, _m._
+
+=busy=, ocupado,-a.
+
+=but=, pero, sino (_section 116_).
+
+=butter=, mantequilla, _f._
+
+=buy, to=, comprar.
+
+=by=, por, de.
+
+
+C
+
+=call, to=, llamar.
+
+=can=, _present tense of_ poder (_section 115_).
+
+=candy=, dulces, _m. pl._
+
+=capable=, capaz, _m. and f._
+
+=cape= (_geographical_), cabo, _m._
+
+=captain=, capitán, _m._
+
+=car= (_auto_), automóvil, _m._
+
+=card=, tarjeta, _f._
+
+=care of, to take=, cuidar; =take--!= ¡cuidado!
+
+=careful=, cuidadoso,-a.
+
+=carelessness=, descuido, _m._
+
+=cash=, dinero, _m._; =to pay---- =, pagar al contado.
+
+=casino=, casino, _m._ (_a social club_).
+
+=cast down=, to, abatir.
+
+=catch, to=, coger.
+
+=cause, to=, causar.
+
+=cause=, causa, _f._
+
+=cat=, gato, _m._
+
+=Catalonian=, Catalán,-a (_native of Catalonia, Spanish Cataluña_).
+
+=cease, to=, cesar, dejar de.
+
+=certainly=, ciertamente, por cierto, por supuesto (_section 56 b_).
+
+=chain=, cadena, _f._
+
+=chair=, silla, _f._; =arm--=, sillón, _m._; butaca, _f._
+
+=change=, cambio, _m._
+
+=change, to=, cambiar.
+
+=charge of, to take=, cuidar, tomar a su cargo.
+
+=charmed=, embelesado,-a.
+
+=charming=, encantador,-a; simpático,-a.
+
+=cheap=, barato,-a.
+
+=child=, niño,-a.
+
+=choose, to=, escoger.
+
+=church=, iglesia, _f._
+
+=cite, to=, citar.
+
+=city=, ciudad, _f._
+
+=class=, clase, _f._
+
+=clean, to=, limpiar.
+
+=clean=, limpio,-a.
+
+=clear up, to=, aclarar.
+
+=close, to=, cerrar.
+
+=close to=, cerca de, junto (-a) a.
+
+=clothes=, ropa, _f._; prendas de vestir.
+
+=coal=, carbón, _m._
+
+=coat=, chaqueta, _f._; =rain--=, impermeable, _m._; =over--=, abrigo, _m._
+
+=coffee=, café, _m._
+
+=coin=, moneda, _f._
+
+=cold=, frío,-a; =to be---- =, tener frío (_persons_); =to be---- =, hacer
+frío (_weather_); =to take---- =, resfriarse, coger un resfriado.
+
+=color=, color, _m._
+
+=come, to=, venir.
+
+=committee=, comisión, _f._
+
+=companion=, compañero,-a.
+
+=company=, compañía, _f._; =to keep one---- =, hacer compañía a uno.
+
+=compartment=, compartamento, _m._
+
+=compel, to=, compeler.
+
+=conduct=, conducto, _m._
+
+=confess, to=, confesar.
+
+=confident=, confiado,-a.
+
+=congenial=, simpático,-a.
+
+=congregate, to=, congregar.
+
+=conqueror=, conquistador, _m._
+
+=conscience=, conciencia, _f._
+
+=consent, to=, consentir (en).
+
+=contain, to=, contener.
+
+=continue, to=, continuar, seguir.
+
+=cook, to=, cocinar, guisar.
+
+=cook=, cocinero,-a.
+
+=cool=, fresco,-a.
+
+=corner=, esquina, rincón (_section 85_).
+
+=corridor=, corredor, _m._; pasillo, _m._
+
+=cost, to=, costar.
+
+=could=, _past tenses and subjunctive of_ poder (_section 115_).
+
+=counter=, contador, _m._
+
+=country=, país, _m._ (_geographical division_); campo, _m._ (_opposed to
+city_); =native---- =, patria.
+
+=course, of=, por supuesto, ¡cómo no! ya lo creo (_section 56 (b)_).
+
+=cowardly=, cobarde, _m. and f._
+
+=crazy=, loco,-a.
+
+=creditor=, acreedor,-ra.
+
+=crops=, mieses, _f. pl._
+
+=cruelly=, cruelmente.
+
+=cry, to=, llorar (_to weep_); gritar (_to call out_).
+
+=curious=, curioso,-a.
+
+=cut, to=, cortar.
+
+
+D
+
+=daily=, diario,-a; (_adv._), diariamente.
+
+=daily= (_newspaper_), diario, _m._
+
+=damage=, daño, _m._
+
+=dark=, obscuro,-a.
+
+=darkness=, obscuridad, _f._
+
+=daughter=, hija, _f._
+
+=dawn=, amanecer, _m._; alba, _f._
+
+=day=, día, _m._; =---- after to-morrow=, pasado mañana.
+
+=daybreak=, amanecer, _m._
+
+=dead=, muerto,-a.
+
+=dear=, querido,-a (_term of affection_); caro,-a (_expensive_).
+
+=deceive, to=, engañar.
+
+=declare, to=, declarar.
+
+=deep=, hondo,-a.
+
+=deer=, ciervo, _m._
+
+=defend, to=, defender.
+
+=depart, to=, partir.
+
+=depths=, profundidad, _f._
+
+=describe, to=, describir.
+
+=desert, to=, abandonar.
+
+=deserted=, desierto,-a.
+
+=deserve, to=, merecer.
+
+=desirous, to be=, tener ganas.
+
+=dessert=, postre, _m._
+
+=determine, to=, determinar.
+
+=devoted to, to be=, estar dedicado (-a) a.
+
+=diamond=, diamante, _m._
+
+=dictionary=, diccionario, _m._
+
+=die, to=, morir.
+
+=difficult=, difícil, _m. and f._
+
+=difficulty=, dificultad, _f._
+
+=dine, to=, comer.
+
+=dining-room=, comedor, _m._
+
+=dinner=, comida, _f._; =---- time=, la hora de comer.
+
+=direction=, dirección, _f._
+
+=dirty=, sucio,-a.
+
+=disagree, to=, sentar mal a (_physical_).
+
+=disappear, to=, desaparecer.
+
+=disappointment=, chasco, _m._
+
+=discover, to=, descubrir.
+
+=dismiss, to=, despedir.
+
+=disposal=, disposición, _f._
+
+=distance=, distancia, _f._
+
+=distress=, desgracia, _f._; aflicción, _f._
+
+=do, to=, hacer, servir (_section 125_).
+
+=doctor=, doctor, _m._; médico, _m._
+
+=dog=, perro, _m._
+
+=dollar=, dólar, _m._; duro, _m._; peso, _m._
+
+=door=, puerta, _f._
+
+=doorway=, puerta, _f._
+
+=doubt=, duda, _f._; =there is no---- =, no cabe duda.
+
+=down=, abajo. (_Also often included in the meaning of the verb with which
+it is used; as_, =to take---- =, =to pull---- =, bajar; =to run---- =, bajar
+corriendo; =to put---- =, =to jot---- =, apuntar, _etc._)
+
+=dozen=, docena, _f._
+
+=dragon=, dragón, _m._
+
+=draw, to=, tirar (_to pull_); dibujar (_to outline, sketch_).
+
+=drawing=, dibujo, _m._
+
+=dream, to=, soñar.
+
+=dress=, vestido, _m._
+
+=dress, to=, vestir.
+
+=driver=, cochero, _m._; chauffeur, _m._
+
+=drop, to=, dejar caer (_let fall_); caer (_to fall_).
+
+=dust=, polvo, _m._
+
+=duty=, deber, _m._
+
+
+E
+
+=each=, cada uno, (-a).
+
+=ear=, oído, _m._ (_inner ear_); oreja, _f._ (_outer ear_).
+
+=early=, temprano,-a.
+
+=earn, to=, ganar.
+
+=earth=, tierra, _f._
+
+=earthquake=, terremoto, _m._
+
+=eat, to=, comer.
+
+=egg=, huevo, _m._
+
+=eight=, ocho.
+
+=either=, o; o el (la) uno (-a) o el (la) otro (-a); tampoco (_section
+99_).
+
+=electric=, eléctrico,-a.
+
+=else=, más; =or---- =, si no.
+
+=employé=, empleado,-a.
+
+=encircle, to=, rodear.
+
+=engine=, locomotora, _f._; máquina, _f._
+
+=English=, inglés,-a.
+
+=enjoy, to=, gozarse en, gozar (en).
+
+=enough=, bastante.
+
+=enter, to=, entrar.
+
+=erect, to=, erigir, edificar.
+
+=eruption=, erupción, _f._
+
+=escape, to=, escaparse.
+
+=esteem=, estimación, _f._
+
+=even=, aun, hasta, siquiera (_section 80_).
+
+=evening=, tarde, _f._
+
+=ever=, jamás, nunca (_section 109_).
+
+=everybody=, todo el mundo.
+
+=everything=, todo.
+
+=evident=, evidente, _m. and f._
+
+=evil=, malo,-a; villano,-a.
+
+=exactly=, justo, exacto, exactamente, en punto (_when naming the hour_).
+
+=examination=, examen, _m._
+
+=example=, ejemplo, _m._
+
+=exercise=, ejercicio, _m._
+
+=excited, to get=, animarse.
+
+=exclusively=, exclusivamente.
+
+=expect, to=, esperar.
+
+=experience=, experiencia, _f._
+
+=expert=, experto,-a; experimentado,-a.
+
+=explain, to=, explicar.
+
+=eye=, ojo, _m._
+
+
+F
+
+=face=, cara, _f._
+
+=fact=, hecho, _m._
+
+=factory=, fábrica, _f._
+
+=fail, to=, faltar, dejar de.
+
+=faith=, fe, _f._
+
+=fall, to=, caer.
+
+=fault=, culpa, _f._; =to be one's---- =, tener la culpa.
+
+=family=, familia, _f._
+
+=famous=, famoso,-a; insigne, _m. and f._
+
+=farm=, hacienda, _f._
+
+=father=, padre, _m._
+
+=fatigue=, fatiga, _f._
+
+=fear, to=, temer.
+
+=fear=, temor, _m._
+
+=fearful=, terrible, _m. and f._; atroz, _m. and f._
+
+=feel, to=, sentir, palpar, tocar (_section 43_).
+
+=feeling=, sentimiento, _m._
+
+=fever=, fiebre, _f._
+
+=few=, pocos,-as.
+
+=finally=, al fin, por fin.
+
+=fine=: =some---- day=, un buen día.
+
+=find, to=, hallar, encontrar; =to--out=, saber, llegar a saber.
+
+=fire=, fuego, _m._; =to set---- to=, pegar fuego a.
+
+=fireman=, bombero, _m._
+
+=first=, primero,-a; =---- of all=, en primer lugar, antes.
+
+=five=, cinco.
+
+=fixed=, fijado,-a.
+
+=flame=, llama, _f._
+
+=flooded=, inundado,-a.
+
+=floor=, suelo, _m._
+
+=flower=, flor, _f._
+
+=fluently=, corrientemente.
+
+=folks, little=, los chicos, la gente menuda.
+
+=follow, to=, seguir.
+
+=fond of, to be=, tener afición a, querer.
+
+=fool=, tonto,-a.
+
+=foolish=, tonto,-a.
+
+=foot=, pie, _m._
+
+=for=, por, para (_section 40_).
+
+=foreign=, extranjero,-a.
+
+=forget, to=, olvidar, olvidarse de.
+
+=forgive, to=, perdonar.
+
+=fork=, tenedor, _m._
+
+=forty=, cuarenta.
+
+=fountain pen=, plumafuente, _f._; plumatintero, _m._
+
+=four=, cuatro.
+
+=franc=, franco, _m._
+
+=French=, francés,-a.
+
+=friend=, amigo,-a.
+
+=fruit=, fruta, _f._
+
+=full=, lleno,-a; =at---- speed=, a todo escape, a todo correr.
+
+=fully=, del todo.
+
+=fun=, diversión, _f._; burla, _f._; =to make---- of=, burlarse de.
+
+=funeral=, entierro, _m._
+
+
+G
+
+=garden=, jardín, _m._
+
+=general=, general, _m._
+
+=general=, general, _m. and f._ (_adj._).
+
+=generally=, generalmente; por lo general.
+
+=genius=, genio, _m._
+
+=gentleman=, señor, _m._; caballero, _m._
+
+=get, to=, obtener (_section 16_).
+
+=gipsy=, gitano,-a.
+
+=girl=, muchacha, _f._
+
+=give, to=, dar, entregar (_section 50_).
+
+=glad, to be=, alegrarse.
+
+=glass=, vaso, _m._ (_for drinking_); vidriero, _m._ (_of window_).
+
+=glove=, guante, _m._
+
+=go, to=, ir (_section 10_).
+
+=God=, Dios, _m._
+
+=good=, bueno,-a.
+
+=good-by=, adiós.
+
+=good-for-nothing=, que no vale nada.
+
+=governor=, gobernador, _m._
+
+=grandfather=, abuelo, _m._
+
+=grandmother=, abuela, _f._
+
+=great=, grande, _m. and f._
+
+=green=, verde, _m. and f._
+
+=groan=, gemido, _m._
+
+=groan, to=, gemir.
+
+=group=, grupo, _m._
+
+=grow, to=, crecer, aumentar, criarse (_section 23_).
+
+=guide=, guia, _m._; =---- book=, guia, _f._
+
+=gymnasium=, gimnasio, _m._
+
+=gymnastic=, gimnástico,-a.
+
+
+H
+
+=half=, medio,-a.
+
+=half=, mitad, _f._
+
+=half-way=, a medias; =---- there=, en medio (a la mitad) del camino.
+
+=hand=, mano, _f._
+
+=handle=, manija, _f._
+
+=happen, to=, acaecer, acontecer, ocurrir; =to---- to be=, hallarse.
+
+=happiness=, alegría, _f._
+
+=happy=, alegre, _m. and f._; contento,-a.
+
+=hard=, duro,-a; difícil, _m. and f._ (_section_ 49).
+
+=hardly=, apenas.
+
+=haste, to make=, darse prisa.
+
+=hastily=, aceleradamente.
+
+=hat=, sombrero, _m._
+
+=have, to=, tener, haber, hacer (_section 2_).
+
+=he=, él.
+
+=head=, cabeza, _f._
+
+=hear, to=, oír, entender, sentir (_section 73_).
+
+=hearer=, oyente, _m. and f._
+
+=heart=, corazón, _m._; =to know by--=, saber de memoria.
+
+=heat=, calor, _m._
+
+=help=, ayuda, _f._
+
+=help, to=, ayudar, asistir, amparar (_section 27_).
+
+=heir=, heredero,-a.
+
+=her=, su (_poss. adj._); la, le (_pers. pron._).
+
+=here=, aquí, acá (_section_ 29).
+
+=hide, to=, esconder, ocultar.
+
+=high=, alto,-a.
+
+=him=, le (_or_ lo).
+
+=himself=, se, él mismo.
+
+=his=, su, suyo,-a.
+
+=history=, historia, _f._
+
+=hit, to=, pegar; =---- against=, dar contra.
+
+=hold, to=, contener, detener, caber en (_section 21_).
+
+=holiday=, día de fiesta, _f._
+
+=home=, a casa (_with verb of motion_); =at---- =, en casa.
+
+=honor=, honor, _m._
+
+=hope, to=, esperar.
+
+=horse=, caballo, _m._
+
+=hot=, caliente, _m. and f._; =to be---- =, tener calor (_persons_); hacer
+calor (_weather_).
+
+=hour=, hora, _f._
+
+=house=, casa, _f._
+
+=how= (_interr._), ¿cómo? =to know---- =, saber.
+
+=how= (_excl._), ¡cómo! ¡cuán! ¡qué!
+
+=hundred=, ciento; cien (_before nouns_).
+
+=hungry, to be=, tener hambre.
+
+=hurry, to=, darse prisa.
+
+=hurry, to be in a=, tener prisa, estar de prisa.
+
+=hurt, to=, lastimar, hacer daño a.
+
+=husband=, marido, _m._; esposo, _m._
+
+
+I
+
+=I=, yo.
+
+=idea=, idea, _f._
+
+=if=, si.
+
+=ill=, malo,-a; enfermo,-a.
+
+=illness=, enfermedad, _f._
+
+=illustrated=, ilustrado,-a.
+
+=imitate, to=, imitar, remedar.
+
+=immediately=, inmediatamente, en seguida, al momento.
+
+=importance=, importancia, _f._
+
+=important=, importante, _m. and f._
+
+=impossible=, imposible, _m. and f._
+
+=in=, en, dentro de.
+
+=inch=, pulgada, _f._
+
+=inclined, to be=, inclinar.
+
+=increase, to=, aumentar.
+
+=indeed=, ¿de veras? =yes---- =, ¡ya lo creo! ¡si por cierto! (_section 54
+(b)_).
+
+=independence=, independencia, _f._
+
+=inform, to=, hacer saber, enterar.
+
+=inherit, to=, heradar.
+
+=initiate, to=, iniciar, empezar.
+
+=injury=, lesión, _f._
+
+=ink=, tinta, _f._
+
+=inn=, venta, _f._; posada, _f._
+
+=insist, to=, empeñarse.
+
+=instead of=, en lugar de.
+
+=instrument=, instrumento, _m._
+
+=insult, to=, ofender.
+
+=intelligence=, inteligencia, _f._
+
+=interest, to=, interesar.
+
+=interesting=, interesante, _m. and f._
+
+=internal=, interior, _m. and f._
+
+=interpreter=, intérprete, _m. and f._
+
+=invasion=, invasión, _f._; irrupción, _f._
+
+=invitation=, invitación, _f._
+
+=invite, to=, invitar.
+
+=it=, lo, la, ello. (_Omitted when used as subject._)
+
+=Italian=, italiano,-a.
+
+
+J
+
+=job=, tarea, _f._
+
+=journey=, viaje, _m._
+
+=joy=, gozo, _m._; alegría, _f._
+
+=judge=, juez, _m._
+
+=just=, justo,-a; nada más de _or_ que, exactamente (_section 24_).
+
+
+K
+
+=keep, to=, guardar, quedarse con, seguir (_section 34_).
+
+=key=, llave, _f._
+
+=kind=, amable, _m. and f._
+
+=king=, rey, _m._
+
+=kiss, to=, besar.
+
+=kitchen=, cocina, _f._
+
+=knife=, cuchillo, _m._
+
+=know, to=, saber, conocer (_section 14_).
+
+
+L
+
+=lace=, encaje, _m._
+
+=lady=, señora, _f._
+
+=lamp=, lámpara, _f._
+
+=landlady=, patrona, _f._
+
+=language=, idioma, _m._
+
+=large=, grande, _m. and f._
+
+=late=, tarde.
+
+=lately=, recientemente.
+
+=latter, the=, éste, ésta.
+
+=last=, último,-a; pasado,-a (_section 89_); =---- night=, anoche.
+
+=last, to=, durar.
+
+=laugh, to=, reír; =to---- at=, reírse de.
+
+=laughter=, risa, _f._
+
+=lay, to=, poner.
+
+=lazy=, perezoso,-a.
+
+=learn, to=, aprender.
+
+=learned=, sabio,-a.
+
+=least=, menor, _m. and f._; =at---- =, a lo menos, por lo menos.
+
+=leather=, cuero, _m._
+
+=leave, to=, dejar, partir, salir (_section 37_).
+
+=left=, izquierdo,-a.
+
+=left, to be=, quedar, sobrar (_section 37_).
+
+=lemonade=, limonada, _f._
+
+=lend, to=, prestar.
+
+=less=, menos.
+
+=lesson=, lección, _f._
+
+=let, to=, dejar (_section 38_).
+
+=letter=, carta, _f._
+
+=liberty=, libertad, _f._
+
+=library=, biblioteca, _f._
+
+=life=, vida, _f._
+
+=lift, to=, alzar, levantar.
+
+=light=, luz, _f._
+
+=like, to=, querer, gustar a (_section 61_).
+
+=like=, como, cual (_section 60_).
+
+=lily=, lirio, _m._
+
+=lion=, león, _m._
+
+=listen, to=, escuchar.
+
+=literature=, literatura, _f._
+
+=little=, pequeño,-a; chico,-a; poco,-a, (_section 20_).
+
+=live, to=, vivir.
+
+=living=, vida, _f._
+
+=living-room=, sala, _f._
+
+=lock=, cerradura, _f._
+
+=London=, Londres.
+
+=long=, largo,-a; =---- time=, mucho tiempo (_section 12_).
+
+=look, to=, mirar, aparecer; =---- for=, buscar (_section 19_).
+
+=lose, to=, perder.
+
+=loss=, perdido, _m._
+
+=lot of, a=, mucho,-a,-os,-as.
+
+=love, to=, amar, querer.
+
+=luxury=, lujo, _m._
+
+
+M
+
+=machine=, máquina, _f._
+
+=machinery=, maquinaria, _f._
+
+=mad=, rabioso,-a; loco,-a.
+
+=maid=, criada, _f._
+
+=make, to=, hacer (_section 53_).
+
+=man=, hombre, _m._
+
+=manage, to=, lograr, manejar.
+
+=many=, muchos,-as (_section_ 20).
+
+=masked= (_ball_), de máscaras.
+
+=master=, amo, _m._; dueño, _m._
+
+=material=, materia, _f._
+
+=matter=, asunto, _m._
+
+=matter, to=, importar.
+
+=me=, me, mí (_with preposition_).
+
+=mean, to=, querer decir, tener la intención de (_section 68_).
+
+=means of, by=, por medio de.
+
+=mediocre=, mediano,-a.
+
+=meet, to=, encontrar, dar con.
+
+=meeting=, reunión, _f._
+
+=member=, miembro, _m._; individuo, _m._
+
+=memory=, memoria, _f._
+
+=method=, método, _m._
+
+=milk=, leche, _f._
+
+=millionaire=, millonario,-a.
+
+=mind of, to put in=, recordar a, hacer pensar en.
+
+=mine=, mío,-a.
+
+=mine=, mina, _f._
+
+=miner=, minero, _m._
+
+=minute=, minuto, _m._
+
+=mirror=, espejo, _m._
+
+=miss, to=, echar de menos, faltar, notar la falta de (_section 55_).
+
+=mistake=, equivocación, _f._; error, _m._; falta, _f._
+
+=mistake, to make a=, equivocarse, hacer un error.
+
+=mistaken, to be=, equivocarse.
+
+=mole=, topo, _m._
+
+=moment=, momento, _m._
+
+=money=, dinero, _m._
+
+=month=, mes, _m._
+
+=moon=, luna, _f._
+
+=more=, más; =---- and---- =, cada vez más; =no---- = (_longer_), ya no;
+=once ---- =, otra vez.
+
+=morning=, mañana, _f._
+
+=mother=, madre, _f._
+
+=much=, mucho,-a.
+
+=music=, música, _f._
+
+=must=, haber de, deber, tener que (_section 75_).
+
+=my=, mi; ¡vaya! (_with exclamatory force_).
+
+=myself=, me, mismo,-a (_section 88_).
+
+
+N
+
+=name=, nombre, _m._
+
+=narrative=, narración, _f._
+
+=narrow=, estrecho,-a.
+
+=national=, nacional, _m. and f._
+
+=natural=, natural, _m. and f._
+
+=nature=, naturaleza, _f._
+
+=near=, cerca de, junto (-a) a.
+
+=necessary=, necesario,-a.
+
+=need, to=, necesitar.
+
+=neighbor=, vecino,-a.
+
+=neither=, ni; ni el (la) uno (-a) ni el (la) otro (-a); tampoco (_section
+9_).
+
+=nephew=, sobrino, _m._
+
+=never=, nunca, jamás.
+
+=nevertheless=, sin embargo.
+
+=new=, nuevo,-a.
+
+=newly=, recientemente, recién (_before past participles_).
+
+=news=, noticias, _f. pl._
+
+=newspaper=, periódico, _m._; diario, _m._
+
+=next=, próximo,-a; que viene.
+
+=night=, noche, _f._; =at---- =, de noche, por la noche; =last---- =, anoche.
+
+=nightfall=, anochecer, _m._
+
+=nightingale=, ruiseñor, _m._
+
+=night-watchman=, sereno, _m._
+
+=no=, no.
+
+=nobody=, nadie.
+
+=noise=, ruido, _m._
+
+=noon=, medio día, _m._
+
+=north=, norte, _m._
+
+=not=, no; =---- at all=, de ningún modo, no hay de que (_section 46_).
+
+=note, to=, notar, fijarse en.
+
+=nothing=, nada.
+
+=notice=, noticia, _f._
+
+=now=, ahora, ya (_section 40_); =every---- and then=, de vez en cuando.
+
+=number=, número, _m._
+
+=nurse-maid=, niñera, _f._
+
+
+O
+
+=obey, to=, obeir.
+
+=oblige, to=, obligar a.
+
+=obliged to, to be=, agradecer a.
+
+=observe, to=, observar.
+
+=obtain, to=, obtener.
+
+=occupy, to=, ocupar.
+
+=occur, to=, ocurrir, acaecer.
+
+=o'clock=: =it is one---- =, es la una; =it is two, three, four---- =,
+son las dos, las tres, las cuatro.
+
+=of=, de.
+
+=offer=, oferto, _m._
+
+=offer, to=, ofrecer.
+
+=office=, despacho, _m._ (_place of business_); oficio, _m._
+(_occupation_).
+
+=often=, a menudo, muchas veces.
+
+=old=, viejo,-a; antiguo,-a.
+
+=oldest=, mayor, _m. and f._
+
+=on=, en, sobre.
+
+=once=, una vez; =---- and for all=, una vez y para siempre; =at--=,
+inmediatamente, en seguida; =all at---- =, de repente (_suddenly_); a la
+vez (_all together_).
+
+=one=, un, uno,-a.
+
+=only=, sólo, solamente, nada más que (_section 71_).
+
+=open, to=, abrir.
+
+=open=, abierto,-a.
+
+=opinion=, opinión, _f._; concepto, _m._
+
+=opportunity=, oportunidad, _f._
+
+=or=, o.
+
+=orchard=, huerta, _f._
+
+=order, to=, mandar.
+
+=order to, in=, para, para que, a fin de que.
+
+=organ=, órgano, _m._
+
+=other=, otro,-a.
+
+=ought=, deber.
+
+=our=, nuestro,-a.
+
+=ourselves=, nos, nosotros (_-as_) mismos (_-as_).
+
+=out=, fuera. (_It is best usually to look for this word in connection
+with the verb with which it is used, in which it is very often included;
+as_, sacar, =to take---- =; salir, =to go---- =; apagar, =to put--=, _etc._)
+
+=owe, to=, deber.
+
+=own=, propio,-a.
+
+=owner=, dueño,-a.
+
+=ovation=, ovación, _f._
+
+=over=, sobre; =all---- =, acabado,-a (_finished_); por todas partes
+(_everywhere, in all directions_).
+
+
+P
+
+=pain=, dolor, _m._; =little---- =, dolorcillo.
+
+=paint, to=, pintar.
+
+=painter=, pintor, _m._
+
+=pair=, par, _m._
+
+=pane=, vidriero, _m._
+
+=paper=, papel, _m._; =news--=, periódico, _m._; diario, _m._
+
+=pardon, to=, perdonar.
+
+=parents=, padres, _m._
+
+=park=, parque, _m._
+
+=party=, partido, _m._; compañía, _f._
+
+=pass, to=, pasar (_section 110_).
+
+=past=, pasado,-a.
+
+=patient=, paciente, _m. and f._ (_adj._); enfermo,-a.
+
+=patience=, paciencia, _f._
+
+=Patros=, _proper name_, _f._
+
+=pay, to=, pagar, ser provechoso,-a (_section 111_).
+
+=pay=, pago, _m._; sueldo, _m._
+
+=peace=, paz, _f._
+
+=pen=, pluma, _f._
+
+=pencil=, lápiz, _m._
+
+=penknife=, cortaplumas, _m._
+
+=perhaps=, tal vez, acaso.
+
+=people=, gente, _f._
+
+=perceive, to=, percibir, ver.
+
+=permission=, permiso, _m._
+
+=person=, persona, _f._
+
+=piano=, piano, _m._
+
+=pick up, to=, coger, recoger.
+
+=picture=, cuadro, _m._; pintura, _f._ (_painting_); retrato, _m._;
+fotografía, _f._ (_photograph_).
+
+=piece=, pedazo, _m._
+
+=pitcher=, jarra, _f._ (_wide-mouthed_); jarro, _m._ (_narrow-mouthed_).
+
+=pity=, lástima, _f._
+
+=place=, lugar, _m._; sitio, _m._; =to take--=, tener lugar, verificarse.
+
+=plant=, planta, _f._
+
+=plate=, plato, _m._
+
+=platform=, andén, _m._ (_railway station_); plataforma, _f._
+
+=play, to=, jugar (_games_); tocar (_musical instruments_); representar
+(_dramas_); =to---- a part=, hacer _or_ desempeñar un papel.
+
+=play=, drama, _m._
+
+=please, to=, agradar, contentar, querer (_section 67_).
+
+=pleasure=, gusto, _m._; placer, _m._
+
+=pocket=, bolsillo, _m._
+
+=poor=, pobre, _m. and f._
+
+=portrait=, retrato, _m._
+
+=possess, to=, poseer.
+
+=possession=, posesión, _f._; =to take---- of=, apoderarse de.
+
+=possible=, posible, _m. and f._
+
+=postcard=, tarjeta postal, _f._
+
+=postman=, cartero, _m._
+
+=post office=, correo, _m._
+
+=pound=, libra, _f._
+
+=power=, poder, _m._
+
+=practice=, práctica, _f._
+
+=practice, to=, practicar.
+
+=preparation=, preparación, _f._; preparativo, _m._
+
+=prepare, to=, preparar.
+
+=presence=, presencia, _f._
+
+=present=, presente, _m. and f._; =for the---- =, a presente, al momento,
+por lo pronto.
+
+=present at, to be=, asistir a.
+
+=president=, presidente, _m._
+
+=pretty=, bonito,-a.
+
+=prevent, to=, evitar.
+
+=price=, precio, _m._
+
+=prince=, príncipe, _m._
+
+=princess=, princesa, _f._
+
+=problem=, problema, _m._
+
+=procession=, procesión, _f._
+
+=profession=, profesión, _f._
+
+=professor=, profesor,-ra.
+
+=promise, to=, prometer.
+
+=propagate, to=, propagar.
+
+=property=, bienes, _m. pl._
+
+=prove, to=, probar; =to---- to be=, resultar ser.
+
+=provided that=, con tal que.
+
+=province=, provincia, _f._
+
+=prudence=, prudencia, _f._
+
+=public=, público,-a; =---- letter writer=, memorialista, _m._
+
+=publish, to=, publicar, dar a luz.
+
+=pupil=, discípulo,-a; alumno,-a.
+
+=pure=, puro,-a.
+
+=purse=, bolsa, _f._
+
+=put, to=, poner (_section 119_).
+
+
+Q
+
+=quarrel, to=, reñir.
+
+=quart=, cuarta, _f._
+
+=quarter=, cuarto,-a.
+
+=queen=, reina, _f._
+
+=question=, pregunta, _f._ (_to be answered_); cuestión, _f._ (_to be
+discussed_); =to ask---- =, hacer preguntas.
+
+=quick=, pronto,-a; rápido,-a.
+
+=quickly=, prontamente, rápidamente.
+
+=quiet=, quieto,-a; quedo,-a.
+
+
+R
+
+=railroad=, ferrocarril, _m._
+
+=rain, to=, llover.
+
+=rain=, lluvia, _f._
+
+=rainbow=, arco iris, _m._
+
+=raincoat=, impermeable, _m._
+
+=rarely=, raramente, raras veces.
+
+=rate, at any=, de todos modos.
+
+=rather=, algo, un tanto, un poco; =---- than=, más bien que.
+
+=read, to=, leer.
+
+=ready=, listo,-a.
+
+=rebel=, rebelde, _m._
+
+=receive, to=, recibir.
+
+=reckless=, descuidado,-a.
+
+=red=, rojo,-a.
+
+=regard to, in=, respeto a.
+
+=relative=, pariente, _m. and f._
+
+=remain, to=, quedar.
+
+=remember, to=, acordarse de.
+
+=remove, to=, quitar, apartar.
+
+=rent, to=, alquilar.
+
+=repeat, to=, repetir.
+
+=republic=, república, _f._
+
+=rest, to=, descansar.
+
+=respectable=, respetable, _m. and f._
+
+=rest=, descanso, _m._
+
+=return, to=, volver (_to come back_); devolver (_to give back_).
+
+=revolution=, revolución, _f._
+
+=rich=, rico,-a.
+
+=rid of, to get=, deshacerse de.
+
+=right=, derecho,-a; justo,-a; =to be---- =, tener razón, ser justo
+(_section 74_).
+
+=ring, to=, tocar, sonar (_section 116_).
+
+=ripe=, maduro,-a.
+
+=river=, río, _m._
+
+=road=, camino, _m._
+
+=robber=, ladrón, _m._
+
+=roll=, rollo, _m._
+
+=room=, cuarto, _m._; sala, _f._; habitación, _f._; =to take up---- =,
+ocupar lugar _or_ espacio; =there is---- =, hay lugar.
+
+=rose=, rosa, _f._
+
+=rule, to=, gobernar.
+
+=rule=, regla, _f._
+
+=run, to=, correr.
+
+
+S
+
+=sack=, saco, _m._
+
+=sacrifice, to=, sacrificar.
+
+=sacrifice=, sacrificio, _m._
+
+=safe=, seguro,-a; =---- and sound=, sano y salvo.
+
+=sailor=, marinero, _m._
+
+=saint=, santo,-a; san (_before masculine nouns_).
+
+=sake of, for the=, por.
+
+=same=, mismo,-a.
+
+=satisfied=, satisfecho,-a.
+
+=satisfy, to=, satisfacer.
+
+=save, to=, ahorrar, salvar (_section 92_).
+
+=say, to=, decir.
+
+=scarcely=, apenas.
+
+=scarf=, velo, _m._
+
+=school=, escuela, _f._
+
+=scold, to=, reprender, reñir.
+
+=see, to=, ver, comprender (_section 93_).
+
+=self=, se, mismo,-a (_section 88_).
+
+=selfishness=, egoismo, _m._
+
+=sell, to=, vender.
+
+=send, to=, mandar, enviar.
+
+=sense=, sentido, _m._; inteligencia, _f._
+
+=sentence=, sentencia, _f._; oración, _m._
+
+=sergeant=, sargento, _m._
+
+=serious=, serio,-a.
+
+=servant=, criado,-a.
+
+=serve, to=, servir.
+
+=set, to=, poner.
+
+=sew, to=, coser.
+
+=shade=, sombra, _f._
+
+=shadow=, sombra, _f._
+
+=shake hands, to=, dar la mano a.
+
+=shall=, _expressed by the endings of the future tense_ (_section 46_).
+
+=share, to=, compartir.
+
+=shine, to=, brillar.
+
+=shock= (_earthquake_), sacudida, _f._
+
+=shoe=, zapato, _m._
+
+=shop= (_work_), taller, _m._
+
+=short=, corto,-a.
+
+=shot=, tiro, _m._
+
+=shoulder=, espalda, _f._; hombro, _m._
+
+=show, to=, mostrar, enseñar, dejar ver.
+
+=shut, to=, cerrar.
+
+=sickness=, enfermedad, _f._
+
+=sign=, señal, _m._
+
+=silver=, plata, _f._
+
+=simple=, sencillo,-a.
+
+=simplicity=, sencillez, _f._
+
+=sin=, pecado, _m._
+
+=since=, desde, desde que, ya que, puesto que (_section 9_).
+
+=sing, to=, cantar.
+
+=single=, solo,-a.
+
+=sir=, señor.
+
+=sit, to=, sentarse (_section 84_).
+
+=situated=, situado,-a.
+
+=situation=, situación, _f._
+
+=six=, seis.
+
+=sky=, cielo, _m._
+
+=slave=, esclavo,-a.
+
+=slavery=, esclavitud, _f._
+
+=sleep, to=, dormir; =to go to---- =, dormirse.
+
+=sleepy, to be=, tener sueño.
+
+=slipper=, chinela, _f._; babucha, _f._
+
+=small=, pequeño,-a.
+
+=smell, to=, oler; =---- of=, oler a.
+
+=smile, to=, sonreír.
+
+=smile=, sonrisa, _f._
+
+=snow, to=, nevar.
+
+=snow=, nieve, _f._
+
+=so=, así, tan, conque (_section 33_).
+
+=soap=, jabón, _m._
+
+=sobriety=, sobriedad, _f._
+
+=social=, social, _m. and f._
+
+=soldier=, soldado, _m._
+
+=some=, unos,-as. (_Often omitted in Spanish when used in the partitive
+sense; so_, =I have---- money=, yo tengo dinero.)
+
+=something=, algo.
+
+=son=, hijo, _m._
+
+=song=, canción, _f._
+
+=soon=, pronto.
+
+=sorry, to be=, sentir.
+
+=sour=, agrio,-a.
+
+=south=, sur, _m._
+
+=southern=, sud, _m. and f._, del sur.
+
+=Spain=, España, _f._
+
+=Spanish=, español,-a.
+
+=spare, to=, tener de sobra, sobrar, dar.
+
+=speak, to=, hablar.
+
+=speaker=, el (la) que habla.
+
+=speed, at full=, a todo escape, a todo correr.
+
+=spend, to=, gastar.
+
+=spill, to=, derramar.
+
+=spiritual=, espiritual, _m. and f._
+
+=spoil, to=, mimar (_children_).
+
+=spoon=, cuchara, _f._
+
+=spur=, espuela, _f._
+
+=square=, plaza, _f._, =little---- =, plazuela, _f._
+
+=stairs=, escalera, _f._
+
+=stand, to=, estar en pie, ponerse de pie, estar parado,-a (_section 85_).
+
+=start, to=, ponerse en marcha, marcharse, poner en movimiento (_section
+123_).
+
+=station=, estación, _f._
+
+=stay, to=, quedar.
+
+=stop, to=, parar, cesar, dejar de.
+
+=story=, cuento, _m._
+
+=strength=, fuerza, _f._
+
+=strike, to=, pegar, declarse en huelga (_section 121_).
+
+=string=, cuerda, _f._
+
+=succeed, to=, suceder, tener éxito, lograr a (_section 79_).
+
+=suffer=, sufrir.
+
+=sum=, suma, _f._
+
+=sun=, sol, _m._
+
+=suspicion=, sospecho, _m._
+
+
+T
+
+=table=, mesa, _f._
+
+=tablecloth=, mantel, _m._
+
+=tailor=, sastre, _m._
+
+=take, to=, tomar, llevar, coger (_section 107_).
+
+=tale=, cuento, _m._
+
+=talent=, talento, _m._
+
+=talk, to=, hablar.
+
+=tea=, té, _m._
+
+=teacher=, maestro,-a.
+
+=tear down, to=, derribar.
+
+=telephone, to=, telefonar.
+
+=telephone=, teléfono, _m._
+
+=tell, to=, decir, contar, producir efecto (_section 90_).
+
+=Telmo=, _proper name_, _m._
+
+=ten=, diez.
+
+=tennis=, tenis, _m._
+
+=terrible=, terrible, _m. and f._
+
+=that=, que (_rel. pron. and conj._), aquel, aquella; ese, esa (_demons.
+adj._); aquél, aquélla; eso (_demons. pron._).
+
+=the=, el, la, los, las.
+
+=theater=, teatro, _m._
+
+=their=, su, sus (_adj._); suyo,-a (_pron._).
+
+=them=, los, las, les; ellos,-as (_with prep._).
+
+=then=, entonces.
+
+=there=, allí, allá, ahí, ¡vaya! (_section 21_).
+
+=these=, estos,-as (_demons. adj._); éstos,-as (_demons. pron._).
+
+=thin=, delgado,-a.
+
+=thing=, cosa, _f._
+
+=think, to=, pensar, creer, parecer (_section 52_).
+
+=thirsty, to be=, tener sed.
+
+=thirteen=, trece.
+
+=this=, este, esta (_adj._); éste, ésta (_pron._).
+
+=those=, aquellos,-as; esos,-as (_adj._); aquéllos,-as; ésos,-as
+(_pron._).
+
+=though=, aunque.
+
+=thought=, pensamiento, _m._
+
+=thousand=, mil, _m._
+
+=three=, tres.
+
+=through=, por.
+
+=throw, to=, echar, tirar.
+
+=ticket=, billete, _m._
+
+=time=, tiempo, _m._; vez, _f._; hora, _f._ (_section 59_).
+
+=tire, to=, cansar.
+
+=tired-out=, cansado (-a) a más no poder.
+
+=to=, a.
+
+=to-day=, hoy.
+
+=together=, juntos,-as.
+
+=to-morrow=, mañana.
+
+=tongue=, lengua, _f._
+
+=to-night=, esta noche.
+
+=too=, demasiado, también.
+
+=torn=, roto,-a.
+
+=torrents, to rain=, llover a cántaros.
+
+=touch, to=, tocar.
+
+=touch=, tacto, _m._
+
+=toward=, hacia, para con (_section 81_).
+
+=town=, pueblo, _m._; ciudad, _f._
+
+=toy=, juguete, _m._
+
+=train=, tren, _m._
+
+=tree=, árbol, _m._
+
+=tremendous=, tremendo,-a.
+
+=tribe=, caterva, _f._
+
+=trouble, to=, molestar, afligir.
+
+=trouble=, pesar, _m._
+
+=trunk=, baúl, _m._
+
+=trust, to=, confiar, fiar.
+
+=truth=, verdad, _f._
+
+=try, to=, tratar de, procurar.
+
+=Tuesday=, martes, _m._
+
+=turn, to=, volver, ponerse, dar vuelta a (_section 113_).
+
+=twelve=, doce.
+
+=twenty=, veinte.
+
+=twenty-five=, veinticinco.
+
+=twice=, dos veces.
+
+=two=, dos.
+
+=type=, tipo, _m._; =---- writer=, máquina de escribir, _f._
+
+=tyrant=, tirano,-a.
+
+
+U
+
+=umbrella=, paraguas, _m._
+
+=unable, to be=, no poder.
+
+=uncle=, tío, _m._
+
+=understand, to=, comprender, entender.
+
+=uneasy=, inquieto,-a; intranquilo,-a.
+
+=unjust=, injusto,-a.
+
+=unload, to=, descargar.
+
+=until=, hasta (_prep._); hasta que (_conjunction_).
+
+=untruth=, mentira, _f._
+
+=up=, arriba. (_This word is in Spanish very often untranslatable, being
+included in the meaning of the verb with which it is used; as_, =to pick
+---- =, recoger; =to look---- =, buscar; =to get---- =, levantarse, _etc._)
+
+=upside-down=, de arriba abajo.
+
+=us=, nos, nosotros,-as (_with prep._).
+
+=use, to=, usar, emplear, servirse de.
+
+=use=, utilidad, _f._
+
+=used to, to be=, soler, acostumbrarse.
+
+=usual=, usual, _m. and f._; acostumbrado,-a.
+
+
+V
+
+=vain=, vanidoso,-a; =in---- =, en vano.
+
+=valise=, maleta, _f._
+
+=valor=, valor, _m._
+
+=vanity=, vanidad, _f._
+
+=vegetable=, legumbre, _f._; verdura, _f._
+
+=vehicle=, vehículo, _m._
+
+=velvet=, terciopelo, _m._
+
+=very=, muy (_section 63_).
+
+=victim=, víctima, _f._
+
+=village=, aldea, _f._; pueblo, _m._
+
+=violin=, violín, _m._
+
+=visit=, visita, _f._
+
+=visit, to=, visitar.
+
+=voice=, voz, _f._
+
+
+W
+
+=wait, to=, esperar.
+
+=wake, to=, despertar; =to---- up=, despertarse.
+
+=walk=, paseo, _m._
+
+=walk, to=, andar, caminar.
+
+=want, to=, querer, necesitar (_section 98_).
+
+=war=, guerra, _f._
+
+=warm, to be=, tener calor (_persons_); hacer calor (_weather_).
+
+=wash, to=, lavar.
+
+=water=, agua, _f._
+
+=water, to=, regar.
+
+=way=, camino, _m._; modo, _m._ (_section 48_).
+
+=we=, nosotros,-as.
+
+=weak=, débil, _m. and f._
+
+=wealth=, riqueza, _f._; opulencia, _f._
+
+=wear, to=, llevar, vestir, tener puesto,-a.
+
+=weather=, tiempo, _m._
+
+=week=, semana, _f._
+
+=well=, bien, pues (_section 30_).
+
+=well=, pozo, _m._
+
+=what=, ¿qué? lo que (_conj._); =---- a!= ¡qué! =---- a lot of!= ¡qué de!
+¡cuántos,-as!
+
+=wheat=, trigo, _m._
+
+=wheel=, rueda, _f._
+
+=where=, donde; =--?= ¿dónde?
+
+=whether=, si.
+
+=while, to be worth=, valer la pena.
+
+=whip=, látigo, _m._
+
+=white=, blanco,-a.
+
+=who=, ¿quién? el (la) cual; el (la) que; que.
+
+=whole=, entero,-a; toda,-a.
+
+=whose=, cuyo,-a; de quien.
+
+=whose?= cúyo,-a; de quién.
+
+=why?= ¿por qué?
+
+=why!= ¡vaya! ¡toma! (_section 56_).
+
+=wide=, ancho,-a.
+
+=widow=, viuda, _f._
+
+=will=, _expressed in the future tense endings or by_ querer (_section
+45_).
+
+=will=, voluntad, _f._
+
+=win, to=, ganar.
+
+=wind=, viento, _m._
+
+=window=, ventana, _f._
+
+=wise=, sabio,-a.
+
+=wish, to=, querer; =I---- = ¡ojalá! (_when the wish is unrealizable at the
+moment_).
+
+=witch=, bruja, _f._
+
+=with=, con.
+
+=without=, sin, sin que (_section 69_).
+
+=woman=, mujer, _f._
+
+=wonder, to=, extrañarse, admirarse, preguntarse (_section 103_).
+
+=wont to, to be=, soler, acostumbrarse.
+
+=word=, palabra, _f._
+
+=work, to=, trabajar.
+
+=work=, trabajo, _m._ (_labor_); obra, _f._ (_accomplishment_).
+
+=workman=, operario, _m._
+
+=worry, to=, apurarse.
+
+=worst=, peor, _m. and f._
+
+=worth, to be=, valer.
+
+=worthless=, sin valor, que no vale nada.
+
+=would=, _expressed in conditional endings or by past tenses of_ querer
+(_section 45_).
+
+=written=, escrito,-a.
+
+
+Y
+
+=yellow=, amarillo,-a.
+
+=yesterday=, ayer.
+
+=yet=, todavía (_temporal_); aun (_concessive_).
+
+=yield, to=, ceder.
+
+=you=, usted, ustedes (_abbreviated_, Vd., Vds., Ud., Uds.); le, les,
+(_obj. case_).
+
+=young=, joven, _m, and f._; =---- lady=, señorita, _f._
+
+=your=, su.
+
+=yours=, suyo,-a.
+
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[1] _Work is a good companion for hope._
+
+[2] _The day is for work, that is why (for that) there is light._
+
+[3] _Each one is as God has created him._
+
+[4] _Since everything passes away, let us enjoy everything while it
+lasts._
+
+[5] _While one is young there is always hope of bettering one's
+fortune._
+
+[6] _Now you see that one mustn't trust in dreams._
+
+[7] _One good thing is worth more than many mediocre ones._
+
+[8] _Look at the stars! They tell sweet tales, the stars, and keep one
+company._
+
+[9] _Fruits are eaten. One just smells the flowers._
+
+[10] _He who loves truth, trusts in God._
+
+[11] _When one is unwilling, two don't quarrel._
+
+[12] _God doesn't do things by halves._
+
+[13] _My wealth is simplicity; my luxury, sobriety; my rest, work._
+
+[14] _The man who is ashamed of being happy ought to walk on four feet._
+
+[15] _Law is God--or ought to be._
+
+[16] _To do good to the evil is to cast water into the sea._
+
+[17] _It is hard to save some one who does not want to be saved at all._
+
+[18] _I'm never afraid when I am doing my duty_ (_what I ought to do_).
+
+[19] _The learned in their vanity are wont to forget God._
+
+[20] _The mole doesn't see into what depths he's going, but a man does._
+
+[21] _Good music is like a spur to lazy ideas._
+
+[22] _In matters of faith in order to see clearly one must be blind._
+
+[23] _Valor must be in accord with prudence._
+
+[24] _When hands begin, tongues usually cease._
+
+[25] _Fear makes slaves, slavery makes rebels._
+
+[26] _Saints are found where least expected._
+
+[27] _Truth often comes out of falsehood._
+
+[28] _When duty speaks, I listen only to its voice._
+
+[29] _He who is preparing for a struggle, is not cast down by troubles._
+
+[30] _Let them say what they will, happiness is very cheap._
+
+[31] _He who lends to a friend loses money and friend._
+
+[32] _Liberty can never be defended by tyrants, nor propagated by
+slaves._
+
+[33] _When there is happiness everything is well done._
+
+[34] _What a gipsy can't do nobody on earth can do._
+
+[35] _Not to believe in anything is to be crazy._
+
+[36] _There is nothing in the world that is not good for something._
+
+[37] _Faith in a great idea is the life of the intelligence._
+
+[38] _It is better to fail through generosity than to succeed through
+selfishness._
+
+[39] _We don't need to be serious to be good._
+
+[40] _Where honor is dead there is no longer hope of life._
+
+[41] _Great hearts are for great undertakings._
+
+[42] _Untruth is always cowardly._
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg's Spanish Composition, by Edith J. Broomhall
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK SPANISH COMPOSITION ***
+
+***** This file should be named 38124-8.txt or 38124-8.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        http://www.gutenberg.org/3/8/1/2/38124/
+
+Produced by Chuck Greif and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This book was
+produced from scanned images of public domain material
+from the Google Print project.)
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.